tags
test-output-distance
ChangeLog
+RELEASE-COMMIT
Documentation/user/lilypond
input/lsr/lilypond-snippets
@cindex Balkenpausen, mehrtaktig
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+{changing-form-of-multi-measure-rests.ly}
@cindex Mehrtaktpausen, Positionierung
@cindex Position von Mehrtaktpausen
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+{positioning-multi-measure-rests.ly}
@c TODO -- convert to snippet -- submitted to Neil
Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be centered above or
\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((X-offset . 20) (Y-offset . 40))
-\override NonMusicalPaperColumn
+\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((alignment-offsets . (0 -15)))
-\override NonMusicalPaperColumn
+\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((X-offset . 20) (Y-offset . 40)
(alignment-offsets . (0 -15)))
@end example
@appendixsubsec Orchestra, choir and piano
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc]
-{orchestra-choir-and-piano-template.ly}
+{orchestra,-choir-and-piano-template.ly}
@c bad node name to avoid node name conflict
@c -*- coding: us-ascii; mode: texinfo; -*-
+
@node Compiling LilyPond
@chapter Compiling LilyPond
+@menu
+* Compiling from source::
+* Concurrent Stable and Development Versions::
+@end menu
-TODO: ADD
+@node Compiling from source
+@section Compiling from source
-- how to make a stable version and development version coexist on
- your system
+TODO (see AU 1 for now)
+@c currently broken; will fix after 2.14
+@c @include compile.itely
-- how to build with debug info
-- other compilation tricks for developers
+@node Concurrent Stable and Development Versions
+@section Concurrent Stable and Development Versions
-@menu
-* Compiling from source:: standard compilation instructions
-@end menu
+It can be useful to have both the stable and the development versions
+of Lilypond available at once. One way to do this on GNU/Linux is to
+install the stable version using the precompiled binary, and run the
+development version from the source tree. After running @command{make
+all} from the top directory of the Lilypond source files, there will
+be a binary called @code{lilypond} in the @code{out} directory:
+
+@example
+<@var{path to}>/lilypond/out/bin/lilypond
+@end example
+
+This binary can be run without actually doing the @code{make
+install} command. The advantage to this is that you can have all
+of the latest changes available after pulling from git and running
+@code{make all}, without having to uninstall the old version and
+reinstall the new.
+
+So, to use the stable version, install it as usual and use the
+normal commands:
+
+@example
+lilypond foobar.ly
+@end example
-@include compile.itely
+To use the development version, create a link to the binary in the
+source tree by saving the following line in a file somewhere in your
+PATH:
+
+@example
+exec <@var{path to}>/lilypond/out/bin/lilypond "$@@"
+@end example
+
+Save it as @code{Lilypond} (with a capital L to distinguish it
+from the stable @code{lilypond}), and make it executable:
+
+@example
+chmod +x Lilypond
+@end example
+
+Then you can invoke the development version this way:
+
+@example
+Lilypond foobar.ly
+@end example
+
+
+TODO: ADD
+
+- how to build with debug info
+
+- other compilation tricks for developers
@chapter Documentation work
@menu
-* Introduction to documentation work::
-* Texinfo introduction and usage policy::
-* Documentation policy::
-* Tips for writing docs::
-* Updating docs with convert-ly::
-* Translating the documentation::
+* Introduction to documentation work::
+* Documentation suggestions::
+* Texinfo introduction and usage policy::
+* Documentation policy::
+* Tips for writing docs::
+* Updating docs with convert-ly::
+* Translating the documentation::
@end menu
limited documentation help.
+@node Documentation suggestions
+@section Documentation suggestions
+
+@subheading Small additions
+
+For additions to the documentation,
+
+@enumerate
+
+@item
+Tell us where the addition should be placed. Please include both
+the section number and title (i.e. "LM 2.13 Printing lyrics").
+
+@item
+Please write exact changes to the text.
+
+@item
+A formal patch to the source code is @emph{not} required; we can
+take care of the technical details. Here is an example of a
+perfect documentation report:
+
+@verbatim
+To: lilypond-devel@gnu.org
+From: helpful-user@example.net
+Subject: doc addition
+
+In LM 2.13 (printing lyrics), above the last line ("More options,
+like..."), please add:
+
+----
+To add lyrics to a divided part, use blah blah blah. For example,
+
+\score {
+ \notes {blah <<blah>> }
+ \lyrics {blah <<blah>> }
+ blah blah blah
+}
+----
+
+In addition, the second sentence of the first paragraph is
+confusing. Please delete that sentence (it begins "Users
+often...") and replace it with this:
+----
+To align lyrics with something, do this thing.
+----
+
+Have a nice day,
+Helpful User
+@end verbatim
+
+@end enumerate
+
+
+@subheading Larger contributions
+
+To replace large sections of the documentation, the guidelines are
+stricter. We cannot remove parts of the current documentation
+unless we are certain that the new version is an improvement.
+
+@enumerate
+
+@item
+Ask on the lilypond-devel maillist if such a rewrite is necessary;
+somebody else might already be working on this issue!
+
+@item
+Split your work into small sections; this makes it much easier to
+compare the new and old documentation.
+
+@item
+Please prepare a formal git patch.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+Once you have followed these guidelines, please send a message to
+lilypond-devel with your documentation submissions. Unfortunately
+there is a strict “no top-posting” check on the mailist; to avoid
+this, add:
+
+> I'm not top posting.
+
+(you must include the > ) to the top of your documentation
+addition.
+
+We may edit your suggestion for spelling, grammar, or style, and
+we may not place the material exactly where you suggested, but if
+you give us some material to work with, we can improve the manual
+much faster. Thanks for your interest!
+
@node Texinfo introduction and usage policy
@section Texinfo introduction and usage policy
@menu
-* Texinfo introduction::
-* Documentation files::
-* Sectioning commands::
-* LilyPond formatting::
-* Text formatting::
-* Syntax survey::
-* Other text concerns::
+* Texinfo introduction::
+* Documentation files::
+* Sectioning commands::
+* LilyPond formatting::
+* Text formatting::
+* Syntax survey::
+* Other text concerns::
@end menu
@item
@@bs - Generates a backslash inside @@warning.
- Any `\' used inside @@warning (and @@q or @@qq) must be written as `@@bs@{@}'
+ Any `\' used inside @@warning (and @@q or @@qq) must be written as `@@bs@{@}'
(texinfo would also allow \\, but this breaks with PDF output).
@item
@section Documentation policy
@menu
-* Books::
-* Section organization::
-* Checking cross-references::
-* General writing::
-* Technical writing style::
+* Books::
+* Section organization::
+* Checking cross-references::
+* General writing::
+* Technical writing style::
@end menu
@node Books
@section Translating the documentation
@menu
-* Getting started with documentation translation::
-* Documentation translation details::
-* Documentation translation maintenance::
-* Translations management policies::
-* Technical background::
+* Getting started with documentation translation::
+* Documentation translation details::
+* Documentation translation maintenance::
+* Translations management policies::
+* Technical background::
@end menu
@node Getting started with documentation translation
translations source code}.
@menu
-* Translation requirements::
-* Which documentation can be translated::
-* Starting translation in a new language::
+* Translation requirements::
+* Which documentation can be translated::
+* Starting translation in a new language::
@end menu
@node Translation requirements
All files should be encoded in UTF-8.
@menu
-* Files to be translated::
-* Translating the Learning Manual and other Texinfo documentation::
-* Translating the Notation Reference and Application Usage::
-* Translating the Documentation index index.html.in::
+* Files to be translated::
+* Translating the Learning Manual and other Texinfo documentation::
+* Translating the Notation Reference and Application Usage::
+* Translating the Documentation index index.html.in::
@end menu
@node Files to be translated
version control system used for LilyPond development.
@menu
-* Check state of translation::
-* Updating documentation translation::
+* Check state of translation::
+* Updating documentation translation::
@end menu
@node Check state of translation
coordinators work efficiently.
@menu
-* Maintaining without updating translations::
-* Managing documentation translation with Git::
+* Maintaining without updating translations::
+* Managing documentation translation with Git::
@end menu
@node Maintaining without updating translations
@noindent
This step requires a sucessful documentation build (with @command{make
-web}). Some cross-references are broken because they point to a node
+doc}). Some cross-references are broken because they point to a node
that exists in the documentation in English, which has not been added
to the translation; in this case, do not fix the cross-reference but
keep it "broken", so that the resulting HTML link will point to an
@code{stable/X.Y} are preferably made on
@code{lilypond/X.Ytranslation}.
-@item @code{lilypond/translation} Git branch may be merged into master only if
-LilyPond (@command{make all}) and documentation (@command{make web}) compile
-succesfully.
+@item @code{lilypond/translation} Git branch may be merged into
+master only if LilyPond (@command{make all}) and documentation
+(@command{make doc}) compile succesfully.
@item @code{master} Git branch may be merged into
@code{lilypond/translation} whenever @command{make} and @command{make
-web} are succesful (in order to ease documentation compilation by
+doc} are succesful (in order to ease documentation compilation by
translators), or when significant changes had been made in
documentation in English in master branch.
the remote @code{git.sv.gnu.org} repository:
@example
-git pull origin
+git pull -r
@end example
@subsection Installing git
Obtain Git from
-@uref{http://code.google.com/p/msysgit/downloads/list}.
-(Note, not msysGit, which is for Git developers) and
-install.
+@uref{http://code.google.com/p/msysgit/downloads/list}
+(note, not msysGit, which is for Git developers and not PortableGit,
+which is not a full git installation) and
+install it.
+
+Note that most users will not need to install SSH. That is not
+required until you have been granted direct push permissions to
+the master git repository.
Start Git by clicking on the desktop icon.
This will bring up a command line bash shell. This may be
call the folder to contain the repository [path]/Git.
You will need to have space for around 150Mbytes.
-In the git bash shell type
+Start the Git bash shell by clicking on the desk-top icon installed
+with Git and type
@example
cd [path]/Git
left-hand (Git Repository) panel. Leave everything
else unchanged and save it.
+Note that Windows users must leave the default setting for line
+endings unchanged. All files in a git repository must have lines
+terminated by just a LF, as this is required for Merge to work, but
+Windows files are terminated by CRLF by default. The git default
+setting causes the line endings of files in a Windows git repository
+to be flipped automatically between LF and CRLF as required. This
+enables files to be edited by any Windows editor without causing
+problems in the git repository.
+
@subsection Checking out a branch
At this stage you have two branches in your local repository,
* Approving snippets::
* LSR to Git::
* Fixing snippets in LilyPond sources::
+* Updating LSR to a new version::
@end menu
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
@end example
-Be sure that @command{make web} runs successfully before submitting a
+Be sure that @command{make doc} runs successfully before submitting a
patch, to prevent breaking compilation.
@subheading Formatting snippets in @file{input/new}
In any case, commit all changes to Git.
@end enumerate
+
+
+
+@node Updating LSR to a new version
+@section Updating LSR to a new version
+
+To update LSR, perform the following steps:
+
+@enumerate
+
+@item
+Download the latest snippet tarball, extract it, and run
+@code{convert-ly} on all files using the command-line option
+@code{--to=VERSION} to ensure snippets are updated to the
+correct stable version.
+
+@item
+Copy relevant snippets (i.e., snippets whose version is equal to or
+less than the new version of LilyPond) from @file{input/new/} into
+the tarball.
+
+You must not rename any files during this, or the next, stage.
+
+@item
+Verify that all files compile with the new version of LilyPond,
+ideally without any warnings or errors. To ease the process,
+you may use the shell script that appears after this list.
+
+Due to the workload involved, we @emph{do not} require that you
+verify that all snippets produce the expected output. If you
+happen to notice any such snippets and can fix them, great; but as
+long as all snippets compile, don't delay this step due to some
+weird output. If a snippet is broken, the hordes of willing
+web-2.0 volunteers will fix it. It's not our problem.
+
+@item
+Create a tarball and send it back to Sebastiano.
+
+@item
+When LSR has been updated, download another snippet tarball,
+verify that the relevant snippets from @file{input/new/} were
+included, then delete those snippets from @file{input/new/}.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+
+Here is a shell script to run all @code{.ly} files in a directory
+and redirect terminal output to text files, which are then
+searched for the word "failed" to see which snippets do not compile.
+
+@example
+#!/bin/bash
+
+for LILYFILE in *.ly
+do
+ STEM=$(basename "$LILYFILE" .ly)
+ echo "running $LILYFILE..."
+ lilypond --format=png -ddelete-intermediate-files "$LILYFILE" >& "$STEM".txt
+done
+
+grep failed *.txt
+@end example
* Development phases::
* Minor release checklist::
* Major release checklist::
+* Making a release::
@end menu
+@node Making a release
+@section Making a release
+
+@itemize
+
+@item
+Build with GUB, and check the regtests.
+
+@item
+Upload the tarballs and sh scripts.
+
+@item
+(if major)
+Branch MASTER to stable/2.x.
+
+@item
+Make announcement.
+
+@end itemize
+
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+ Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
En @LaTeX{}, defina @code{\betweenLilyPondSystem} de tal forma que la
la inclusión de otros sistemas se dé por terminada una vez que se ha
alcanzado el número deseado de sistemas requeridos. Puesto que
-@code{\betweenLilypondSystem} se llama en primer lugar @emph{después}
+@code{\betweenLilyPondSystem} se llama en primer lugar @emph{después}
del primer sistema, incluir solamente el primer sistema es algo
trivial.
@cindex kirchenpausen
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+{changing-form-of-multi-measure-rests.ly}
@cindex multicompás, posicionamiento de los silencios
@cindex colocación de los silencios multicompás
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+{positioning-multi-measure-rests.ly}
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{multi--measure-rest-markup.ly}
+{multi-measure-rest-markup.ly}
@seealso
\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((X-offset . 20) (Y-offset . 40))
-\override NonMusicalPaperColumn
+\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((alignment-offsets . (0 -15)))
-\override NonMusicalPaperColumn
+\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((X-offset . 20) (Y-offset . 40)
(alignment-offsets . (0 -15)))
@end example
@appendixsubsec Orchestra, choir and piano
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc]
-{orchestra-choir-and-piano-template.ly}
+{orchestra,-choir-and-piano-template.ly}
@c bad node name to avoid node name conflict
In @LaTeX{}, define @code{\betweenLilyPondSystem} in such a way that
inclusion of other systems is terminated once the required number of
-systems are included. Since @code{\betweenLilypondSystem} is first
+systems are included. Since @code{\betweenLilyPondSystem} is first
called @emph{after} the first system, including only the first system
is trivial.
/* border: thick red dashed; */
}
-.verbatim, .example .example, .lisp {
+.verbatim, .example, .lisp {
font-size: 1.25em;
margin: 0;
padding: 1em;
}
-.example {
- margin: 0;
- padding: 0;
-}
-
hr {
display: none;
}
border: none;
}
-.verbatim, .example .example, .lisp {
+.verbatim, .example, .lisp {
font-size: 1em;
padding: 1em;
margin: 0;
}
-.example {
- padding: 0;
- margin: 0;
-}
-
#main hr {
height: 0;
padding: 0;
EXTRA_DIST_FILES = $(LATEX_FILES) $(IMAGES) $(EPS_ILLUSTRATIONS)
-EXTRA_DIST_FILES += README.txt writing-texinfo.txt policy.txt writing-sections.txt
+EXTRA_DIST_FILES += README.txt
IMAGES=$(call src-wildcard,*.png)
EPS_ILLUSTRATIONS=context-example.eps
Info for Documentation
----------------------
-%%%%% GENERAL POLICY
+See CG 3. Documentation work
-Formatting: writing-texinfo.txt
-General policy: policy.txt
-
-
-%%%%% UPDATING DOCS
-cd into Documentation and run
-
-find . -name '*.itely' | xargs convert-ly -e
-
-(This also updates translated docs.)
@tab
@b{Output}
@tab
-@b{Lilypond@*
+@b{LilyPond@*
code}
@c TODO: \layout block is identical in all of the below examples.
@item @code{\partial 8}
-@tab upstep
+@tab pickup / upbeat
@tab
@lilypond[fragment,relative=2]
\partial 8
In addition to the packages needed for running LilyPond (see below), you
need the following extra packages for building.
+Below is a full list of packages needed to build LilyPond. However, for
+most common distributions there is an easy way of installing most all
+build dependencies in one go
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .5 .5
+@headitem Distribution
+@tab Command
+
+@item Debian, Ubuntu
+@tab @code{sudo apt-get build-dep lilypond}
+
+@item Fedora, RHEL
+@tab @code{sudo yum-builddep lilypond}
+
+@item openSUSE, SLED
+@c sorry for the idiosyncratic command, I really asked and argued
+@c for "zypper build-dep" :-(
+@tab @code{sudo zypper --build-deps-only source-install lilypond}
+
+@end multitable
+
When installing a binary package FOO, you may need to install the
FOO-devel, libFOO-dev or FOO-dev package too.
In @LaTeX{}, define @code{\betweenLilyPondSystem} in such a way that
inclusion of other systems is terminated once the required number of
-systems are included. Since @code{\betweenLilypondSystem} is first
+systems are included. Since @code{\betweenLilyPondSystem} is first
called @emph{after} the first system, including only the first system
is trivial.
* Specialist notation:: Notation which is only used for
specific purposes.
* General input and output:: General information about
- lilypond input and output.
+ LilyPond input and output.
* Spacing issues:: Display of output on paper.
* Changing defaults:: Tuning output.
* Interfaces for programmers:: Expert usage.
This appendix contains a description of the LilyPond grammar, as
output from the parser.
+
@verbatiminclude ly-grammar.txt
@include fdl.itexi
+++ /dev/null
-DOCUMENTATION POLICY
---------------------
-
-
-%%%%% BOOKS
-
-There are four parts to the documentation: the Learning Manual,
-the Notation Reference, the Program Reference, and the Music
-Glossary.
-
-* Learning Manual:
- The LM is written in a tutorial style which introduces the most
- important concepts, structure and syntax of the elements of a
- LilyPond score in a carefully graded sequence of steps.
- Explanations of all musical concepts used in the Manual can be
- found in the Music Glossary, and readers are assumed to have no
- prior knowledge of LilyPond. The objective is to take readers to
- a level where the Notation Reference can be understood and
- employed to both adapt the templates in the Appendix to their
- needs and to begin to construct their own scores. Commonly used
- tweaks are introduced and explained. Examples are provided
- throughout which, while being focussed on the topic being
- introduced, are long enough to seem real in order to retain the
- readers' interest. Each example builds on the previous material,
- and comments are used liberally. Every new aspect is thoroughly
- explained before it is used.
-
-Users are encouraged to read the complete Learning Manual from
-start-to-finish.
-
-
-* Notation Reference: a (hopefully complete) description of
- LilyPond input notation. Some material from here may be
- duplicated in the Learning Manual (for teaching), but consider
- the NR to be the "definitive" description of each notation
- element, with the LM being an "extra". The goal is _not_ to
- provide a step-by-step learning environment -- do not avoid
- using notation that has not be introduced previously in the
- NR (for example, use \break if appropriate). This section is
- written in formal technical writing style.
-
-Avoid duplication. Although users are not expected to read this
-manual from start to finish, they should be familiar with the
-material in the Learning Manual (particularly ``Fundamental
-Concepts''), so do not repeat that material in each section of
-this book. Also watch out for common constructs, like ^ - _ for
-directions -- those are explained in NR 3. In NR 1, you can
-write:
-DYNAMICS may be manually placed above or below the
-staff, see @ref{Controlling direction and placement}.
-
-Most tweaks should be added to LSR and not placed directly in the
-.itely file. In some cases, tweaks may be placed in the main
-text, but ask about this first.
-
-Finally, you should assume that users know what the notation
-means; explaining musical concepts happens in the Music Glossary.
-
-
-* Application Usage: information about using the program lilypond
- with other programs (lilypond-book, operating systems, GUIs,
- convert-ly, etc). This section is written in formal technical
- writing style.
-
-Users are not expected to read this manual from start to finish.
-
-
-* Music Glossary: information about the music notation itself.
- Explanations and translations about notation terms go here.
-
-Users are not expected to read this manual from start to finish.
-
-* Internals Reference: not really a documentation book, since it
- is automagically generated from the source, but this is its
- name.
-
-
-%%%%% SECTION ORGANIZATION
-
-The order of headings inside documentation sections should be:
-
-main docs
-@predefined
-@endpredefined
-@snippets
-@seealso
-@knownissues
-
-* You _must_ include a @seealso. The order of items inside the
- @seealso section is
-
- Music Glossary:
- @rglos{foo},
- @rglos{bar}.
-
- Learning Manual:
- @rlearning{baz},
- @rlearning{foozle}.
-
- Notation Reference:
- @ruser{faazle},
- @ruser{boo}.
-
- Application Usage:
- @rprogram{blah}.
-
- Installed Files:
- @file{path/to/dir/blahz}.
-
- Snippets: @rlsr{section}.
-
- Internals Reference:
- @rinternals{fazzle},
- @rinternals{booar}.
-
- If there are multiple entries, separate them by commas
- but do not include an `and'.
-
- Always end with a period.
-
- Place each link on a new line as above; this makes it much
- easier to add or remove links. In the output, they
- appear on a single line.
-
- ("Snippets" is REQUIRED; the others are optional)
-
- Any new concepts or links which require an explanation should go
- as a full sentence(s) in the main text.
-
- Don't insert an empty line between @seealso and the first entry!
- Otherwise there is excessive vertical space in the PDF output.
-
-* To create links, use @ref{} if the link is within the same
- manual.
-
-* @predefined ... @endpredefined is for commands in ly/*-init.ly
- FIXME?
-
-* Do not include any real info in second-level sections (ie 1.1
- Pitches). A first-level section may have introductory material,
- but other than that all material goes into third-level sections
- (ie 1.1.1 Writing Pitches).
-
-
-%%%%% CHECKING CROSS-REFERENCES
-
-Cross-references between different manuals are heavily used in the
-documentation, but they are not checked during compilation. However,
-if you compile the documentation, a script called check_texi_refs can
-help you with checking and fixing these cross-references; for
-information on usage, cd into a source tree where documentation has
-been built, cd into Documentation and look for check-xrefs and
-fix-xrefs targets in 'make help' output. Note that you have to find
-yourself the source files to fix cross-references in the generated
-documentation such as the Internals Reference; e.g. you can grep
-scm/ and lily/.
-
-
-%%%%% GENERAL WRITING
-
-* Do not forget to create @cindex entries for new sections of text.
- Enter commands with @funindex, i.e.
- @cindex pitches, writing in different octaves
- @funindex \relative
- do not bother with the @code{} (they are added automatically). These
- items are added to both the command index and the unified index.
-
- Both index commands should go in front of the actual material.
-
- @cindex entries should not be capitalized, ie
- @cindex time signature
- is preferred. (instead of `Time signature') Only use capital
- letters for musical terms which demand them, like D.S. al Fine.
-
- For scheme functions, only include the final part, ie
- @funindex modern-voice-cautionary
- and NOT
- @funindex #(set-accidental-style modern-voice-cautionary)
-
-* Preferred terms:
- - in general, use the American spellings. The internal
- lilypond property names use this spelling.
- - list of specific terms:
-canceled
-simultaenous NOT concurrent
-measure: the unit of music
-bar line: the symbol delimiting a measure NOT barline
-note head NOT notehead
-chord construct NOT chord (when referring to <>)
-
-
-%%%%% TECHNICAL WRITING STYLE
-
-* Do not refer to LilyPond in the text. The reader knows what the
- manual is about. If you do, capitalization is LilyPond.
-
-* If you explicitly refer to `lilypond' the program (or any other
- command to be executed), say `@command{lilypond}'.
-
-* Do not explicitly refer to the reader/user. There is no one
- else besides the reader and the writer.
-
-* Do not use abbreviations (don't, won't, etc.). If you do, use a
- comma after it:
-
- blabla blabla, i.e., blabla blabla
-
-* Avoid fluff (``Notice that,'' ``as you can see,''
- ``Currently,'').
-
-* The use of the word `illegal' is inappropriate in most cases.
- Say `invalid' instead.
-
-
-
@subsection Displaying music expressions
@cindex internal storage
+@cindex displaying music expressions
+@cindex internal representation, displaying
+@cindex displayMusic
@funindex \displayMusic
When writing a music function it is often instructive to inspect how
Here is a function to use for @code{\applyOutput}; it blanks
note-heads on the center-line:
-@example
-(define (blanker grob grob-origin context)
- (if (and (memq (ly:grob-property grob 'interfaces)
- note-head-interface)
- (eq? (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position) 0))
- (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'transparent) #t)))
-@end example
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+#(define (blanker grob grob-origin context)
+ (if (and (memq 'note-head-interface (ly:grob-interfaces grob))
+ (eq? (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position) 0))
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'transparent) #t)))
+
+\relative {
+ e4 g8 \applyOutput #'Voice #blanker b d2
+}
+@end lilypond
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@cindex kirchenpausen
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+{changing-form-of-multi-measure-rests.ly}
@cindex multi-measure rests, positioning
@cindex positioning multi-measure rests
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+{positioning-multi-measure-rests.ly}
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-{multi--measure-rest-markup.ly}
+{multi-measure-rest-markup.ly}
@seealso
@knownissues
-Automatically kneed cross-staff beams cannot be used together with
-hidden staves. See @ref{Hiding staves}.
-
Beams can collide with note heads and accidentals in other voices
override the special settings, they should be placed inside
the grace expression. The overrides should also be reverted
inside the grace expression. Here, the grace note's default stem
-direction is overriden and then reverted.
+direction is overridden and then reverted.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((X-offset . 20) (Y-offset . 40))
-\override NonMusicalPaperColumn
+\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((alignment-offsets . (0 -15)))
-\override NonMusicalPaperColumn
+\overrideProperty NonMusicalPaperColumn
#'line-break-system-details #'((X-offset . 20) (Y-offset . 40)
(alignment-offsets . (0 -15)))
@end example
@appendixsubsec Orchestra, choir and piano
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc]
-{orchestra-choir-and-piano-template.ly}
+{orchestra,-choir-and-piano-template.ly}
@c bad node name to avoid node name conflict
Encapsulated PostScript format (@emph{eps}), or
to directly embed graphics into the input file,
using native PostScript code. In such a case, it
-may be useful to explicitely specify the size of the
+may be useful to explicitly specify the size of the
drawing, as demonstrated below:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
@item
@strong{Whitespace insensitive}:
-it does not matter how many spaces (or new lines) you add.
+it does not matter how many spaces (or tabs or new lines) you add.
@w{@code{@{ c d e @}}} means the same thing as
@w{@code{@{ c @tie{}} @tie{} @tie{} d e @}} and:
@}
@end example
+However, whitespace @emph{is} required to separate many syntactical
+elements from others. In other words, whitespace can always be
+@emph{added}, but it cannot be @emph{eliminated}. As missing
+whitespace can give rise to strange errors it is advisable to
+always insert whitespace before and after every syntactic element,
+for example, before and after every curly brace.
+
@item
@strong{Expressions}:
every piece of LilyPond input needs to have @strong{@{ curly
Now the bar lines have vanished.
+Note, though, that setting the @code{stencil} property to @code{#f}
+will cause errors when the dimensions of the object are required for
+correct processing. For example, errors will be generated if the
+@code{stencil} property of the @code{NoteHead} object is set to
+@code{#f}.
+
@subheading break-visibility
@cindex break-visibility property
@end lilypond
@noindent
-but this may be overriden to manually force all or any of the
+but this may be overridden to manually force all or any of the
individual fingering numbers above or below:
@cindex fingering example
song texts must be interpreted as text, not notes. For example, the
input@tie{}@code{d} should be interpreted as a one letter syllable,
not the note@tie{}D.
-Therefore, a special lyric mode has to be used, either explicitely
+Therefore, a special lyric mode has to be used, either explicitly
or using some abbreviated methods.
Lyrics are entered in a special input mode, which can be introduced
* Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files::
* When things don't work::
* Scores and parts::
+* Make and Makefiles::
@end menu
@itemize
-@item @strong{Use an variable for each voice}, with a minimum of
+@item @strong{Use a variable for each voice}, with a minimum of
structure inside the definition. The structure of the
@code{\score} section is the most likely thing to change;
the @code{violin} definition is extremely unlikely to change
@end example
@item @strong{Separate tweaks from music definitions}. This
-point was made in previously, but for large
+point was made previously, but for large
projects it is absolutely vital. We might need to change
the definition of @code{fthenp}, but then we only need
to do this once, and we can still avoid touching anything
the @code{#()} somewhat ugly. Let's hide them in another file:
@example
-%%% save this to a file called "definitions.ly"
+%%% save this to a file called "definitions.ily"
mpdolce = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:hspace 0 #:translate '(5 . 0)
#:line(#:dynamic "mp" #:text #:italic "dolce" )))
'text (markup #:bold (#:box string))))
@end example
+We will refer to this file using the @code{\include} command near
+the top of the music file. (The extension @code{.ily} is used to
+distinguish this included file, which is not meant to be compiled
+on its own, from the main file.)
Now let's modify our music (let's save this file as @file{"music.ly"}).
@c We have to do this awkward example/lilypond-non-verbatim
@c because we can't do the \include stuff in the manual.
@example
-\include "definitions.ly"
+\include "definitions.ily"
\relative c'' @{
\tempo 4=50
note. And finally, my composition professor hates @q{C} time signatures,
so we'd better make that @q{4/4} instead.
-Don't change @file{music.ly}, though. Replace our @file{definitions.ly}
+Don't change @file{music.ly}, though. Replace our @file{definitions.ily}
with this:
@example
-%%% definitions.ly
+%%% definitions.ily
mpdolce = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:hspace 0 #:translate '(5 . 0)
#:line( #:dynamic "mp" #:text #:italic "dolce" )))
That looks nicer! But now suppose that I want to publish this
piece. My composition professor doesn't like @q{C} time
signatures, but I'm somewhat fond of them. Let's copy the
-current @file{definitions.ly} to @file{web-publish.ly} and
+current @file{definitions.ily} to @file{web-publish.ily} and
modify that. Since this music is aimed at producing a pdf which
will be displayed on the screen, we'll also increase the
overall size of the output.
@example
-%%% definitions.ly
+%%% definitions.ily
mpdolce = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:hspace 0 #:translate '(5 . 0)
#:line( #:dynamic "mp" #:text #:italic "dolce" )))
@end lilypond
Now in our music, I simply replace
-@code{\include "definitions.ly"} with
-@code{\include "web-publish.ly"}. Of course, we could make this
-even more convenient. We could make a @file{definitions.ly} file which
+@code{\include "definitions.ily"} with
+@code{\include "web-publish.ily"}. Of course, we could make this
+even more convenient. We could make a @file{definitions.ily} file which
contains only the definitions of @code{mpdolce} and @code{inst}, a
-@file{web-publish.ly} file which contains only the @code{\layout}
-section listed above, and a @file{university.ly} file which
+@file{web-publish.ily} file which contains only the @code{\layout}
+section listed above, and a @file{university.ily} file which
contains only the tweaks to produce the output that my professor
prefers. The top of @file{music.ly} would then look like this:
@example
-\include "definitions.ly"
+\include "definitions.ily"
%%% Only uncomment one of these two lines!
-\include "web-publish.ly"
-%\include "university.ly"
+\include "web-publish.ily"
+%\include "university.ily"
@end example
This approach can be useful even if you are only producing
one set of parts. I use half a dozen different
@q{style sheet} files for my projects. I begin every music
-file with @code{\include "../global.ly"}, which contains
+file with @code{\include "../global.ily"}, which contains
@example
-%%% global.ly
+%%% global.ily
\version @w{"@version{}"}
#(ly:set-option 'point-and-click #f)
\include "../init/init-defs.ly"
@end lilypond
+
+@node Make and Makefiles
+@section Make and Makefiles
+
+@cindex makefiles
+@cindex make
+
+Pretty well all the platforms Lilypond can run on support a software
+facility called @code{make}. This software reads a special file called a
+@code{Makefile} that defines what files depend on what others and what
+commands you need to give the operating system to produce one file from
+another. For example the makefile would spell out how to produce
+@code{ballad.pdf} and @code{ballad.midi} from @code{ballad.ly} by
+running Lilypond.
+
+There are times when it is a good idea to create a @code{Makefile}
+for your project, either for your own convenience or
+as a courtesy to others who might have access to your source files.
+This is true for very large projects with many included files and
+different output options (e.g. full score, parts, conductor's
+score, piano reduction, etc.), or for projects that
+require difficult commands to build them (such as
+@code{lilypond-book} projects). Makefiles vary greatly in
+complexity and flexibility, according to the needs and skills of
+the authors. The program GNU Make comes installed on GNU/Linux
+distributions and on MacOS X, and it is also available for Windows.
+
+See the @strong{GNU Make Manual} for full details on using
+@code{make}, as what follows here gives only a glimpse of what it
+can do.
+
+The commands to define rules in a makefile differ
+according to platform; for instance the various forms of Linux and
+MacOS use @code{bash}, while Windows uses @code{cmd}. Note that on
+MacOS X, you need to configure the system to use the command-line
+intepreter. Here are some example makefiles, with versions for both
+Linux/MacOS and Windows.
+
+The first example is for an orchestral work in four
+movements with a directory structure as follows:
+
+@example
+Symphony/
+|-- MIDI/
+|-- Makefile
+|-- Notes/
+| |-- cello.ily
+| |-- figures.ily
+| |-- horn.ily
+| |-- oboe.ily
+| |-- trioString.ily
+| |-- viola.ily
+| |-- violinOne.ily
+| `-- violinTwo.ily
+|-- PDF/
+|-- Parts/
+| |-- symphony-cello.ly
+| |-- symphony-horn.ly
+| |-- symphony-oboes.ly
+| |-- symphony-viola.ly
+| |-- symphony-violinOne.ly
+| `-- symphony-violinTwo.ly
+|-- Scores/
+| |-- symphony.ly
+| |-- symphonyI.ly
+| |-- symphonyII.ly
+| |-- symphonyIII.ly
+| `-- symphonyIV.ly
+`-- symphonyDefs.ily
+@end example
+
+The @code{.ly} files in the @code{Scores} and
+@code{Parts} directories get their notes from @code{.ily}
+files in the @code{Notes} directory:
+
+@example
+%%% top of file "symphony-cello.ly"
+\include ../definitions.ily
+\include ../Notes/cello.ily
+@end example
+
+The makefile will have targets of @code{score} (entire piece in
+full score), @code{movements} (individual movements in full score),
+and @code{parts} (individual parts for performers). There
+is also a target @code{archive} that will create a tarball of
+the source files, suitable for sharing via web or email. Here is
+the makefile for GNU/Linux or MacOS X. It should be saved with the
+name @code{Makefile} in the top directory of the project:
+
+@warning{When a target or pattern rule is defined, the
+subsequent lines must begin with tabs, not spaces.}
+
+@example
+# the name stem of the output files
+piece = symphony
+# determine how many processors are present
+CPU_CORES=`cat /proc/cpuinfo | grep -m1 "cpu cores" | sed s/".*: "//`
+# The command to run lilypond
+LILY_CMD = lilypond -ddelete-intermediate-files \
+ -dno-point-and-click -djob-count=$(CPU_CORES)
+
+# The suffixes used in this Makefile.
+.SUFFIXES: .ly .ily .pdf .midi
+
+# Input and output files are searched in the directories listed in
+# the VPATH variable. All of them are subdirectories of the current
+# directory (given by the GNU make variable `CURDIR').
+VPATH = \
+ $(CURDIR)/Scores \
+ $(CURDIR)/PDF \
+ $(CURDIR)/Parts \
+ $(CURDIR)/Notes
+
+# The pattern rule to create PDF and MIDI files from a LY input file.
+# The .pdf output files are put into the `PDF' subdirectory, and the
+# .midi files go into the `MIDI' subdirectory.
+%.pdf %.midi: %.ly
+ $(LILY_CMD) $<; \ # this line begins with a tab
+ if test -f "$*.pdf"; then \
+ mv "$*.pdf" PDF/; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f "$*.midi"; then \
+ mv "$*.midi" MIDI/; \
+ fi
+
+notes = \
+ cello.ily \
+ horn.ily \
+ oboe.ily \
+ viola.ily \
+ violinOne.ily \
+ violinTwo.ily
+
+# The dependencies of the movements.
+$(piece)I.pdf: $(piece)I.ly $(notes)
+$(piece)II.pdf: $(piece)II.ly $(notes)
+$(piece)III.pdf: $(piece)III.ly $(notes)
+$(piece)IV.pdf: $(piece)IV.ly $(notes)
+
+# The dependencies of the full score.
+$(piece).pdf: $(piece).ly $(notes)
+
+# The dependencies of the parts.
+$(piece)-cello.pdf: $(piece)-cello.ly cello.ily
+$(piece)-horn.pdf: $(piece)-horn.ly horn.ily
+$(piece)-oboes.pdf: $(piece)-oboes.ly oboe.ily
+$(piece)-viola.pdf: $(piece)-viola.ly viola.ily
+$(piece)-violinOne.pdf: $(piece)-violinOne.ly violinOne.ily
+$(piece)-violinTwo.pdf: $(piece)-violinTwo.ly violinTwo.ily
+
+# Type `make score' to generate the full score of all four
+# movements as one file.
+.PHONY: score
+score: $(piece).pdf
+
+# Type `make parts' to generate all parts.
+# Type `make foo.pdf' to generate the part for instrument `foo'.
+# Example: `make symphony-cello.pdf'.
+.PHONY: parts
+parts: $(piece)-cello.pdf \
+ $(piece)-violinOne.pdf \
+ $(piece)-violinTwo.pdf \
+ $(piece)-viola.pdf \
+ $(piece)-oboes.pdf \
+ $(piece)-horn.pdf
+
+# Type `make movements' to generate files for the
+# four movements separately.
+.PHONY: movements
+movements: $(piece)I.pdf \
+ $(piece)II.pdf \
+ $(piece)III.pdf \
+ $(piece)IV.pdf
+
+all: score parts movements
+
+archive:
+ tar -cvvf stamitz.tar \ # this line begins with a tab
+ --exclude=*pdf --exclude=*~ \
+ --exclude=*midi --exclude=*.tar \
+ ../Stamitz/*
+@end example
+
+
+There are special complications on the Windows platform. After
+downloading and installing GNU Make for Windows, you must set the
+correct path in the system's environment variables so that the
+DOS shell can find the Make program. To do this, right-click on
+"My Computer," then choose @code{Properties} and
+@code{Advanced}. Click @code{Environment Variables}, and then
+in the @code{System Variables} pane, highlight @code{Path}, click
+@code{edit}, and add the path to the GNU Make executable file, which
+ will look something like this:
+
+@example
+C:\Program Files\GnuWin32\bin
+@end example
+
+The makefile itself has to be altered to handle different shell
+commands and to deal with spaces that are present
+in some default system directories. The @code{archive} target
+is eliminated since Windows does not have the @code{tar} command,
+and Windows also has a different default extension for midi files.
+
+
+@example
+## WINDOWS VERSION
+##
+piece = symphony
+LILY_CMD = lilypond -ddelete-intermediate-files \
+ -dno-point-and-click \
+ -djob-count=$(NUMBER_OF_PROCESSORS)
+
+#get the 8.3 name of CURDIR (workaround for spaces in PATH)
+workdir = $(shell for /f "tokens=*" %%b in ("$(CURDIR)") \
+ do @@echo %%~sb)
+
+.SUFFIXES: .ly .ily .pdf .mid
+
+VPATH = \
+ $(workdir)/Scores \
+ $(workdir)/PDF \
+ $(workdir)/Parts \
+ $(workdir)/Notes
+
+%.pdf %.mid: %.ly
+ $(LILY_CMD) $< # this line begins with a tab
+ if exist "$*.pdf" move /Y "$*.pdf" PDF/ # begin with tab
+ if exist "$*.mid" move /Y "$*.mid" MIDI/ # begin with tab
+
+notes = \
+ cello.ily \
+ figures.ily \
+ horn.ily \
+ oboe.ily \
+ trioString.ily \
+ viola.ily \
+ violinOne.ily \
+ violinTwo.ily
+
+$(piece)I.pdf: $(piece)I.ly $(notes)
+$(piece)II.pdf: $(piece)II.ly $(notes)
+$(piece)III.pdf: $(piece)III.ly $(notes)
+$(piece)IV.pdf: $(piece)IV.ly $(notes)
+
+$(piece).pdf: $(piece).ly $(notes)
+
+$(piece)-cello.pdf: $(piece)-cello.ly cello.ily
+$(piece)-horn.pdf: $(piece)-horn.ly horn.ily
+$(piece)-oboes.pdf: $(piece)-oboes.ly oboe.ily
+$(piece)-viola.pdf: $(piece)-viola.ly viola.ily
+$(piece)-violinOne.pdf: $(piece)-violinOne.ly violinOne.ily
+$(piece)-violinTwo.pdf: $(piece)-violinTwo.ly violinTwo.ily
+
+.PHONY: score
+score: $(piece).pdf
+
+.PHONY: parts
+parts: $(piece)-cello.pdf \
+ $(piece)-violinOne.pdf \
+ $(piece)-violinTwo.pdf \
+ $(piece)-viola.pdf \
+ $(piece)-oboes.pdf \
+ $(piece)-horn.pdf
+
+.PHONY: movements
+movements: $(piece)I.pdf \
+ $(piece)II.pdf \
+ $(piece)III.pdf \
+ $(piece)IV.pdf
+
+all: score parts movements
+@end example
+
+
+The next Makefile is for a @command{lilypond-book} document done in
+LaTeX. This project has an index, which requires that the
+@command{latex} command be run twice to update links. Output files are
+all stored in the @code{out} directory for .pdf output and in the
+@code{htmlout} directory for the html output.
+
+@example
+SHELL=/bin/sh
+FILE=myproject
+OUTDIR=out
+WEBDIR=htmlout
+VIEWER=acroread
+BROWSER=firefox
+LILYBOOK_PDF=lilypond-book --output=$(OUTDIR) --pdf $(FILE).lytex
+LILYBOOK_HTML=lilypond-book --output=$(WEBDIR) $(FILE).lytex
+PDF=cd $(OUTDIR) && pdflatex $(FILE)
+HTML=cd $(WEBDIR) && latex2html $(FILE)
+INDEX=cd $(OUTDIR) && makeindex $(FILE)
+PREVIEW=$(VIEWER) $(OUTDIR)/$(FILE).pdf &
+
+all: pdf web keep
+
+pdf:
+ $(LILYBOOK_PDF) # begin with tab
+ $(PDF) # begin with tab
+ $(INDEX) # begin with tab
+ $(PDF) # begin with tab
+ $(PREVIEW) # begin with tab
+
+web:
+ $(LILYBOOK_HTML) # begin with tab
+ $(HTML) # begin with tab
+ cp -R $(WEBDIR)/$(FILE)/ ./ # begin with tab
+ $(BROWSER) $(FILE)/$(FILE).html & # begin with tab
+
+keep: pdf
+ cp $(OUTDIR)/$(FILE).pdf $(FILE).pdf # begin with tab
+
+clean:
+ rm -rf $(OUTDIR) # begin with tab
+
+web-clean:
+ rm -rf $(WEBDIR) # begin with tab
+
+archive:
+ tar -cvvf myproject.tar \ # begin this line with tab
+ --exclude=out/* \
+ --exclude=htmlout/* \
+ --exclude=myproject/* \
+ --exclude=*midi \
+ --exclude=*pdf \
+ --exclude=*~ \
+ ../MyProject/*
+@end example
+
+TODO: make this thing work on Windows
+
+The previous makefile does not work on Windows. An alternative
+for Windows users would be to create a simple batch file
+containing the build commands. This will not
+keep track of dependencies the way a makefile does, but it at
+least reduces the build process to a single command. Save the
+following code as @command{build.bat} or @command{build.cmd}.
+The batch file can be run at the DOS prompt or by simply
+double-clicking its icon.
+
+@example
+lilypond-book --output=out --pdf myproject.lytex
+cd out
+pdflatex myproject
+makeindex myproject
+pdflatex myproject
+cd ..
+copy out\myproject.pdf MyProject.pdf
+@end example
+
+
+@seealso
+Application Usage:
+@rprogram{Setup for MacOS X},
+@rprogram{Command-line usage},
+@rprogram{LilyPond-book}
+++ /dev/null
-CHECKLIST FOR DOC SECTION REWRITES
-
-You've volunteered (or are considering volunteering) to edit a
-section of the NR. Congratulations! You'll learn a lot about
-this part of lilypond. You'll also get thoroughly fed up with
-documentation work, and especially with me... but as they say,
-"you can't make an omelett without breaking a few eggs". Welcome
-to egg-hood!
-
-REQUIRED READING
-
-- policy.txt
-- writing-texinfo.txt
-- this document :)
-- NR 1.1 Pitches. Ideally, read it in your favorite output format
- (either info, PDF, or HTML), *and* in source format
- (pitches.itely). This is our "demonstration" chapter, so the
- below points really just boil down to "make it like
- pitches.itely".
-
-
-WORKING
-
-I recommend working on one subsection at a time. For each
-subsection,
-- check the mundane formatting. Are the headings (@predefined,
- @seealso, etc) in the right order?
-- add any appropriate index entries.
-- check the links in the @seealso section -- links to music
- glossary, internal references, and other NR sections are the
- main concern. Check for potential additions.
-- move LSR-worthy material into LSR. Add the snippet (or
- just send it to Valentin for adding), delete the material from
- the .itely file, and add a @lilypondfile command.
-
-- check the examples and descriptions. Do they still work?
- *Do not* assume that the existing text is accurate/complete;
- some of the manual is highly out of date.
-- is the material in the @knownissues still accurate?
-- process anything on the TODO list on the GDP web site.
-- can the examples be improved (made more explanatory), or is
- there any missing info? (feel free to ask specific questions
- on -user; a couple of people claimed to be interesting in being
- "consultants" who would help with such questions)
-
-In general, I favor short text explanations with good examples --
-"an example is worth a thousand words". When I worked on the
-docs, I spent about half my time just working on those tiny
-lilypond examples. Making easily-understandable examples is much
-harder than it looks.
-
-
-TWEAKS
-
-In general, any \set or \override commands should go in the
-"select snippets" section, which means that they should go in LSR
-and not the .itely file. For some cases, the command obviously
-belongs in the "main text" (ie not inside @predefined or @seealso
-or whatever) -- instrument names are a good example of this.
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"foo"
-On the other side of this,
- \override Score.Hairpin #'after-line-breaking = ##t
-clearly belongs in LSR.
-
-I'm quite willing to discuss specific cases if you think that a
-tweaks needs to be in the main text. But items that can go into
-LSR are easier to maintain, so I'd like to move as much as
-possible into there.
-
-
-It would be "nice" if you spent a lot of time crafting nice tweaks
-for users... but my recommendation is *not* to do this. There's a
-lot of doc work to do without adding examples of tweaks. Tweak
-examples are trivial to add later -- they could be made by normal
-users, or by you after GDP is over.
-
-Basically, it's not something that needs to be done while I'm
-around. Remember that I'm gone in August at the latest; there's a
-*lot* of doc work that should be done before then. I strongly
-recommend that you save all the tweaks until later.
-
-
-FINAL
-
-- when you think you're finished, let me know. I'll spend a few
- minutes and send you a list of mistakes to fix.
- (there's a *lot* of details to cover; we'll probably spend a
- week going back and forth like this. See earlier warning about
- hating me by the time you're done with a doc section :)
-- I'll ask people on -user to review the Snippet list at this
- time; correcting things on the Snippet list is much easier than
- getting comments on the integrated snippets.
-- when we're both satisfied with the section, we'll invite
- comments from -user. Judging from my experience with Pitches,
- it will take between three and five weeks to keep on revising
- the "final" version.
-
-I personally found it quite frustrating to still be fixing
-problems in a doc section which I thought was "perfect" a whole
-bloody *month* ago. Don't get me wrong; it's great that we get so
-many comments from -user. :) But just be aware that when you
-think you're finally done with a section, you're actually only
-halfway there.
-
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-DOCUMENTATION FORMATTING
-------------------------
-
-The language is called texinfo; you can see its manual here:
-http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/
-
-However, you don't need to read those docs. The most important
-thing to notice is that text is text. If you see a mistake in the
-text, you can fix it. If you want to change the order of
-something, you can cut-and-paste that stuff into a new location.
-
-
-%%%%% SECTIONING COMMANDS
-
-Most of the manual operates at the
- @node Foo
- @subsubsection Foo
-level. Sections are created with
- @node Foo
- @subsection Foo
-commands.
-
-* Please leave two blank lines above a @node; this makes it easier
- to find sections in texinfo.
-
-* sectioning commands (@node and @section) must not appear inside
- an @ignore. Separate those commands with a space, ie @n ode.
-
-
-
-%%%%% LILYPOND FORMATTING
-
-* Use two spaces for indentation in lilypond examples. (no tabs)
-
-* All text strings should be prefaced with #. LilyPond does not
- strictly require this, but it is helpful to get users accustomed
- to this scheme construct. ie
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"cello"
-
-* All engravers should have double-quotes around them:
- \consists "Spans_arpeggio_engraver"
- Again, LilyPond does not strictly require this, but it is a
- useful standard to follow.
-
-* Examples should end with a complete bar if possible.
-
-* If possible, only write one bar per line. The notes on each
- line should be an independent line -- tweaks should occur on
- their own line if possible.
- Bad:
- \override textscript #'padding = #3 c1^"hi"
- Good:
- \override textscript #'padding = #3
- c1^"hi"
-
-* Most LilyPond input should be produced with:
- @lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
- or
- @lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-
- If you want to use \layout{} or define variables, use
- @lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-
- In rare cases, other options may be used (or omitted), but ask first.
-
-* Inspirational headwords are produced with
- @lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right,line-width=16\cm,staffsize=16]
- {pitches-headword.ly}
-
-* LSR snippets are linked with
- @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
- {filename.ly}
- excepted in Templates, where `doctitle' may be omitted.
-
-* Avoid long stretches of input code. Noone is going to read them
- in print. Please create a smaller example. (the smaller
- example does not need to be minimal, however)
-
-* Specify durations for at least the first note of every bar.
-
-* If possible, end with a complete bar.
-
-* Comments should go on their own line, and be placed before the
- line(s) to which they refer.
-
-* Add extra spaces around { } marks; ie
- not: \chordmode {c e g}
- but instead: \chordmode { c e g }
-
-* If you only have one bar per line, omit bar checks. If you
- put more than one bar per line (not recommended), then include
- bar checks.
-
-* If you want to work on an example outside of the manual (for
- easier/faster processing), use this header:
-
-\paper {
- #(define dump-extents #t)
- indent = 0\mm
- line-width = 160\mm - 2.0 * 0.4\in
- ragged-right = ##t
- force-assignment = #""
- line-width = #(- line-width (* mm 3.000000))
-}
-
-\layout {
-}
-
- You may not change any of these values. If you are making an
- example demonstrating special \paper{} values, contact the
- Documentation Editor.
-
-
-%%%%% TEXT FORMATTING
-
-* Lines should be less than 72 characters long. (I personally
- recommend writing with 66-char lines, but don't bother modifying
- existing material.)
-
-* Do not use tabs.
-
-* Do not use spaces at the beginning of a line (except in @example
- or @verbatim environments), and do not use more than a single
- space between words. `makeinfo' copies the input lines verbatim
- without removing those spaces.
-
-* Use two spaces after a period.
-
-* In examples of syntax, use @var{musicexpr} for a music
- expression.
-
-* Don't use @rinternals{} in the main text. If you're tempted to
- do so, you're probably getting too close to "talking through the
- code". If you really want to refer to a context, use @code{} in
- the main text and @rinternals{} in the @seealso.
-
-* Variables or numbers which consist of a single character
- (probably followed by a punctuation mark) should be tied
- properly, either to the previous or the next word. Example:
-
- The variable@tie{}@var{a} ...
-
-* To get consistent indentation in the DVI output it is better to
- avoid the @verbatim environment. Use the @example environment
- instead if possible, but without extraneous indentation. For
- example, this
-
- @example
- foo {
- bar
- }
- @end example
-
- should be replaced with
-
- @example
- foo {
- bar
- }
- @end example
-
- where `@example' starts the line (without leading spaces).
-
-* Do not compress the input vertically; this is, do not use
-
- Beginning of logical unit
- @example
- ...
- @end example
- continuation of logical unit
-
- but
-
- Beginning of logical unit
-
- @example
- ...
- @end example
-
- @noindent
- continuation of logical unit
-
- This makes it easier to avoid forgetting the `@noindent'. Only
- use @noindent if the material is discussing the same material;
- new material should simply begin without anything special on the
- line above it.
-
-* in @itemize use @item on a separate line like this:
- @itemize
- @item
- Foo
-
- @item
- Bar
-
- Do not use @itemize @bullet.
-
-* To get LilyPond version, use @version{} (this does not work inside
- LilyPond snippets). If you write "@version{}" (enclosed with
- quotes), or generally if @version{} is not followed by a space,
- enclose it with
-
- @w{ ... }
-
- e.g.
-
- @w{"@version{}"}
-
- to prevent an ugly line break in PDF output.
-
-
-%%%%% SYNTAX SURVEY
-
-@c - single line comments
- "@c NOTE:" is a comment which should remain in the final
- version. (gp only command ;)
-@ignore ... @end ignore - multi-line comment
-
-@cindex - General index. Please add as many as you can. Don't
- capitalize the first word.
-@funindex - is for a \lilycommand.
-
-@example ... @end ignore - example text that should be set as a
- blockquote. Any {} must be escaped with @{ }@
-@itemize @item A @item B ... @end itemize - for bulleted lists.
- Do not compress vertically like this.
-
-@code{} - typeset in a tt-font. Use for actual lilypond code or
- property/context names. If the name contains a space, wrap
- the entire thing inside @w{@code{ }}.
-@notation{} - refers to pieces of notation, e.g.
- "@notation{cres.}". Also use to specific lyrics ("the
- @notation{A - men} is centered"). Only use once per subsection
- per term.
-@q{} - Single quotes. Used for `vague' terms.
-@qq{} - Double quotes. Used for actual quotes ("he said") or for
- introducing special input modes.
-
-@tie{} - Variables or numbers which consist of a single character
- (probably followed by a punctuation mark) should be tied
- properly, either to the previous or the next word. Example:
- "The letter@tie{}@q{I} is skipped"
-
-@var - Use for variables.
-@warning{} - produces a "Note: " box. Use for important messages.
-
-@bs - Generates a backslash inside @warning.
- Any `\' used inside @warning (and @q or @qq) must be written as `@bs{}'
- (texinfo would also allow \\, but this breaks with PDF output).
-
-
-
-%%%%% OTHER TEXT CONCERNS
-
-* References must occur at the end of a sentence, for more
- information see @ref{the texinfo manual}. Ideally this should
- also be the final sentence of a paragraph, but this is not
- required. Any link in a doc section must be duplicated in the
- @seealso section at the bottom.
-
-* Introducing examples must be done with
- . (ie finish the previous sentence/paragaph)
- : (ie `in this example:')
- , (ie `may add foo with the blah construct,')
- The old "sentence runs directly into the example" method is not
- allowed any more.
-
-* Abbrevs in caps, e.g., HTML, DVI, MIDI, etc.
-
-* Colon usage
-
- 1. To introduce lists
- 2. When beginning a quote: "So, he said,..."
- This usage is rarer. Americans often just use a comma.
- 3. When adding a defining example at the end of a sentence.
-
-* Non-ASCII characters which are in utf-8 should be directly used;
- this is, don't say `Ba@ss{}tuba' but `Baßtuba'. This ensures that
- all such characters appear in all output formats.
-
TOPDOC_TXT_FILES = $(addprefix $(top-build-dir)/Documentation/topdocs/$(outdir)/,$(addsuffix .txt,$(TOPDOC_FILES)))
IN_FILES := $(call src-wildcard,*.in)
-EXTRA_DIST_FILES = VERSION .gitignore lilypond-texi2html.init \
+RELEASE_FILES = ChangeLog RELEASE-COMMIT
+EXTRA_DIST_FILES = $(RELEASE_FILES) VERSION .gitignore lilypond-texi2html.init \
$(README_FILES) $(SCRIPTS) $(IN_FILES)
INSTALLATION_DIR=$(local_lilypond_datadir)
INSTALLATION_FILES=$(config_make) VERSION
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-local-dist: dist-toplevel-txt-files
+local-dist: refresh-release-files dist-toplevel-txt-files
all: $(outdir)/VERSION
echo $(TOPLEVEL_VERSION) > $@
ChangeLog: $(outdir)/VERSION
- @echo 'See http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=lilypond.git;a=log;h=refs/tags/release/$(TOPLEVEL_VERSION)-1' > ChangeLog
+ @echo 'See http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=lilypond.git;a=log;h=refs/tags/release/$(TOPLEVEL_VERSION)-1' > $@
+
+RELEASE-COMMIT: # FIXME: any file in $(top-src-dir)/.git/ we can depend on and be sure RELEASE-COMMIT is up to date?
+ git --git-dir=$(top-src-dir)/.git show HEAD | head -100 > $@
+
+# junk me as soon as RELEASE-COMMIT FIXME: has been addressed
+refresh-release-files:
+ rm -f ChangeLog
+ test -d $(top-src-dir)/.git && rm -f RELEASE-COMMIT
+ $(MAKE) $(RELEASE_FILES)
python-modules:
$(MAKE) -C python
PACKAGE_NAME=LilyPond
MAJOR_VERSION=2
MINOR_VERSION=13
-PATCH_LEVEL=1
+PATCH_LEVEL=2
MY_PATCH_LEVEL=
"File prefix for commands on buffer or region.")
(defvar LilyPond-master-file nil
- "Master file that Lilypond will be run on.")
+ "Master file that LilyPond will be run on.")
;; FIXME: find ``\score'' in buffers / make settable?
(defun LilyPond-get-master-file ()
(define-key LilyPond-mode-map "\C-cb" 'LilyPond-what-beat)
(define-key LilyPond-mode-map "\C-cf" 'font-lock-fontify-buffer)
(define-key LilyPond-mode-map "\C-ci" 'LilyPond-insert-tag-current)
- ;; the following will should be overriden by Lilypond Quick Insert Mode
+ ;; the following will should be overridden by LilyPond Quick Insert Mode
(define-key LilyPond-mode-map "\C-cq" 'LilyPond-quick-insert-mode)
(define-key LilyPond-mode-map "\C-c;" 'LilyPond-comment-region)
(define-key LilyPond-mode-map ")" 'LilyPond-electric-close-paren)
/**
Internationalisation: _i ("to be translated") gets an entry in the POT file
- gettext () must be invoked explicitely to do the actual "translation".
+ gettext () must be invoked explicitly to do the actual "translation".
See flower/getopt-long.cc.
*/
#define _i(sz) sz
/* A T interval. This represents the closed interval [left,right].
No invariants. T must be a totally ordered ring (with division, anyway ..)
- At instantiation, the function infinity () has to be defined explicitely. */
+ At instantiation, the function infinity () has to be defined explicitly. */
template<class T>
struct Interval_t : public Drul_array<T>
{
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
"
doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6743e7d829e2efe37d5d00133094df664f1960df
doctitlede = "Symbole für Akkordeon-Diskantregister"
texidocde = "
c4 d\accPiccolo e f
c4 d\accViolin e f
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Al escribir un bajo cifrado, existe una forma de especificar si
queremos que las cifras se sitúen encima o debajo de las notas del
"
doctitlees = "Añadir un bajo cifrado encima o debajo de las notas"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7eb450e8e6c935410b8f3212cb53e5a731f4f33f
doctitlefr = "Ajout d'une basse chiffrée au-dessus ou au-dessous des notes"
texidoc = "
>>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, vocal-music"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 674a5f874c07063ae56d55be25c55fc3b4bdb7bf
doctitlees = "Añadir un ámbito por voz"
texidoces = "
Se puede añadir un ámbito por cada voz. En este caso, el ámbito se
debe desplazar manualmente para evitar colisiones.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e75f1604a1b866c853dee42dbffcb7800c706a5f
texidocde = "
Ambitus können pro Stimme gesetzt werden. In diesem Fall müssen sie
b1
}
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers, breaks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Al añadir un pentagrama nuevo en un salto de línea, por desgracia
se añade un espacio adicional al final de la línea antes del salto
>>
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Se puede añadir (posiblemente de forma temporal) un pentagrama
nuevo una vez que la pieza ha comenzado.
}
>>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Para añadir indicaciones de línea divisoria dentro del contexto de
los nombres de acorde @code{ChordNames}, incluya el grabador
"
doctitlees = "Añadir barras de compás al contexto de nombres de acorde (ChordNames)"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
texidocde = "
Um Taktstriche in einem @code{ChordNames}-Kontext anzeigen zu lassen, muss der
@code{Bar_engraver} hinzugefügt werden.
f1:maj7 f:7 bes:7
}
+
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, expressive-marks"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
+ texidoces = "
+La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
+comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
+que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
+corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
+inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
+derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
+quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
+estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
+código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
+expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
+valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir barras, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
+
+ texidoc = "
+LilyPond syntax can involve many unusual placements for parentheses,
+brackets etc., which might sometimes have to be interleaved. For
+example, when entering a manual beam, the left square bracket has to be
+placed after the starting note and its duration, not before. Similarly,
+the right square bracket should directly follow the note which is to be
+at the end of the requested beaming, even if this note happens to be
+inside a tuplet section. This snippet demonstrates how to combine
+manual beaming, manual slurs, ties and phrasing slurs with tuplet
+sections (enclosed within curly braces).
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Adding beams, slurs, ties etc. when using tuplet and non-tuplet rhythms"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+{
+ r16[ g16 \times 2/3 { r16 e'8] }
+ g16( a \times 2/3 { b d e') }
+ g8[( a \times 2/3 { b d') e'] ~ }
+ \time 2/4
+ \times 4/5 { e'32\( a b d' e' } a'4.\)
+}
+
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.13.1"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, expressive-marks"
-
- texidoces = "
-La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
-comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
-que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
-corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
-inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
-derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
-quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
-estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
-código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
-expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
-valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir barras, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
-
- texidoc = "
-LilyPond syntax can involve many unusual placements for parentheses,
-brackets etc., which might sometimes have to be interleaved. For
-example, when entering a manual beam, the left square bracket has to be
-placed after the starting note and its duration, not before. Similarly,
-the right square bracket should directly follow the note which is to be
-at the end of the requested beaming, even if this note happens to be
-inside a tuplet section. This snippet demonstrates how to combine
-manual beaming, manual slurs, ties and phrasing slurs with tuplet
-sections (enclosed within curly braces).
-
-"
- doctitle = "Adding beams, slurs, ties etc. when using tuplet and non-tuplet rythms."
-} % begin verbatim
-
-{
- r16[ g16 \times 2/3 { r16 e'8] }
- g16( a \times 2/3 { b d e') }
- g8[( a \times 2/3 { b d') e'] ~ }
- \time 2/4
- \times 4/5 { e'32\( a b d' e' } a'4.\)
-}
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, percussion"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Mediante la utilización de las potentes herramientas preconfiguradas
como la función @code{\\drummode} y el contexto @code{DrumStaff}, la
"
doctitlees = "Escritura de partes de percusión"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 499a511d4166feaada31114e097f86b5e0c56421
texidocfr = "
Grâce à la puissance des outils préconfigurés tels que la fonction
@code{\\drummode} et le contexte @code{DrumStaff}, la saisie de
}
}
}
+
\relative c'' {
c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: c8446d6eb2fadbf8931a867741572582759935ad
texidocfr = "Ajout de doigtés à des tablatures"
doctitlefr = "
<a\3 fis'\1>^>^\threeTwo[ b\2 e\4]
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
La función @code{\\parenthesize} es un truco especial que encierra
objetos entre paréntesis. El grob asociado es
<d \parenthesize f a>2
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "text, titles"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Con algo de código de Scheme, se puede añadir fácilmente la fecha
actual a una partitura.
"
doctitlees = "Añadir la fecha actual a una partitura"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7eb450e8e6c935410b8f3212cb53e5a731f4f33f
texidocfr = "
Avec un peu de code Scheme, voici comment ajouter facilement
la date du jour à votre partition.
\markup {
\date
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
El grabador @code{Volta_engraver} reside de forma predeterminada
dentro del contexto de @code{Score}, y los corchetes de la repetición
"
doctitlees = "Añadir corchetes de primera y segunda vez a más pentagramas"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Der @code{Volta_engraver} befindet sich im @code{Score}-Kontext und Klammern
werden deshalb nur auf dem obersten System dargestellt. Das kann umgangen
\new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" } { c'2 g' e' a' }
\new Staff { \repeat volta 2 { c'1 } \alternative { c' } }
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 73115c93908af74c12a19753e79cbca47b2c2978
doctitlees = "Voces adicionales para evitar colisiones"
texidoces = "
En ciertos casos de polifonía compleja, se necesitan voces adicionales
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Ein einigen Fällen von sehr komplexer polyphoner Musik sind zusätzliche
Stimmen notwendig, um Zusammestöße zwischen den Noten zu vermeiden.
}
>>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music, spacing"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código muestra cómo situar la línea de base de la
letra más cerca del pentagrama.
"
doctitlees = "Ajuste del especiado vertical de la letra"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 499a511d4166feaada31114e097f86b5e0c56421
texidocfr = "
Cet extrait illustre la manière de rapprocher la ligne de paroles
de la portée.
}
\lyricsto melody { aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa }
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Puede ser necesario trucar la propiedad
@code{shortest-duration-space} para poder ajustar el tamaño de las
"
doctitlees = "Ajustar la forma de las subidas y caídas de tono"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Die @code{shortest-duration-space}-Eigenschaft kann verändert werden, um
das Aussehen von unbestimmten Glissandi anzupassen.
c2-\bendAfter #+8
c2-\bendAfter #-6
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "text, paper-and-layout, titles"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
-La alineación horizontal de los nombres de instrumento se puede
-trucar modificando la propiedad @code{Staff.InstrumentName
-#'self-alignment-X}. Las variables de @code{\\layout}
-@code{indent} y @code{short-indent} definen el espacio en que se
-alinean los nombres de instrumento antes del primer sistema y de
-los siguientes, respectivamente.
+Los nombres de instrumento se imprimen generalmente a la izquierda de
+los pentagramas. Para alinear los nombres de varios instrumentos
+distintos, sitúelos dentro de un bloque @code{\\markup} y utilice una
+de las siguientes posiblidades:
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento alineados por la derecha: es el
+ comportamiento predeterminado
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento centrados: la utilización de la instrucción
+ @code{\\hcenter-in #n} sitúa los nombres de instrumento dentro de
+ un rectángulo separado, donde @code{n} es la anchura del
+ rectángulo
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento alineados por la izquierda: los nombres se
+ imprimen en la parte superior de un rectángulo vacío, utilizando
+ la instrucción @code{\\combine} con un objeto @code{\\hspace #n}.
"
doctitlees = "Alinear y centrar los nombres de instrumento"
- lsrtags = "text, paper-and-layout, titles"
- texidoc = "The horizontal alignment of instrument names is tweaked
-by changing the @code{Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X} property.
-The @code{\\layout} variables @code{indent} and @code{short-indent}
-define the space in which the instrument names are aligned before the
-first and the following systems, respectively."
+ texidoc = "
+The horizontal alignment of instrument names is tweaked by changing the
+@code{Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X} property. The
+@code{\\layout} variables @code{indent} and @code{short-indent} define
+the space in which the instrument names are aligned before the first
+and the following systems, respectively.
+
+"
doctitle = "Aligning and centering instrument names"
} % begin verbatim
-
\paper {
left-margin = 3\cm
}
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Los números de compás se alinean de forma predeterminada por la
derecha con su objeto padre. Éste es por lo general el borde
izquierdo de una línea o, si los números se imprimen dentro de la
-línea, el lado isquierdo de una línea divisoria. Los números
+línea, el lado izquierdo de una línea divisoria. Los números
también se pueden situar directamente sobre la barra de compás o
alineados por la izquierda con ella.
doctitlees = "Alineación de los números de compás"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
+ texidocde = "
+Taktnummern sind standardmäßig links an ihrem Ursprungsobjet
+ausgerichtet. Das ist normalerweise die linke Ecke einer Linie oder,
+wenn die Nummern innerhalb einer Zeile gesetzt werden, auf der
+linken Seite eines Taktstrichs. Die Nummern können auch
+direkt über dem Taktstrich positioniert werden oder rechts vom
+Taktstrich gesetzt werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Taktnummern ausrichten"
+
texidoc = "
Bar numbers by default are right-aligned to their parent object. This
is usually the left edge of a line or, if numbers are printed within a
\override Score.BarNumber #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
c1 | c1
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "text"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Si están especificadas, las marcas de texto se pueden alinear con
objetos de notación distintos a las líneas divisorias. Entre estos
doctitlede = "Zeichen an verschiedenen Notationsobjekten ausrichten"
- lsrtags = "text"
- texidoc = "If specified, text marks may be aligned with notation
-objects other than bar lines. These objects include @code{ambitus},
+ texidoc = "
+If specified, text marks may be aligned with notation objects other
+than bar lines. These objects include @code{ambitus},
@code{breathing-sign}, @code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar},
@code{left-edge}, @code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature}, and
@code{time-signature}.
+
+
In such cases, text marks will be horizontally centered above the
-object. However this can be changed, as demonstrated on the second
-line of this example (in a score with multiple staves, this setting
-should be done for all the staves)."
+object. However this can be changed, as demonstrated on the second line
+of this example (in a score with multiple staves, this setting should
+be done for all the staves).
+
+
+
+"
doctitle = "Aligning marks with various notation objects"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c' {
e1
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, fretted-strings, spacing"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Las cifras de digitación se imprimen de forma predeterminada fuera
del pentagrama. Sin embargo, este comportamiento se puede
"
doctitlefr = "Impression des doigtés à l'intérieur de la portée"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Normalerweise werden vertikal orientierte Fingersatzzahlen außerhalb des Systems
gesetzt. Das kann aber verändert werden.
\once \override Fingering #'staff-padding = #'()
<c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, vocal-music"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 48f804da6794a7bc8e7fdd4b1649f485b0b09d26
doctitlees = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
texidoces = "
La adición del grabador @code{Ambitus_engraver} al contexto de
"
-texidocde = "
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e75f1604a1b866c853dee42dbffcb7800c706a5f
+ texidocde = "
Indem man den @code{Ambitus_engraver} im @code{Staff}-Kontext
hinzufügt, erhält man einen einzigen Ambitus pro System, auch in dem
Fall, dass mehrere Stimmen sich im gleichen System befinden.
}
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada se añaden corchetes de análisis sencillos
debajo del pentagrama. El ejemplo siguiente muestra una manera de
c2\startGroup
d2\stopGroup
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Aquí se muestran muchos (¿o quizá todos?) de los símbolos que
están contemplados por la capacidad de LilyPond para la música
doctitlees = "Tipografía de música antigua"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 499a511d4166feaada31114e097f86b5e0c56421
texidocfr ="
Voici comment graver la plupart, sinon tous les symboles que
LilyPond prend en charge en matière de musique ancienne.
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo muestra cómo hacer una transcripción moderna de canto
gregoriano. El canto gregoriano no tiene compás ni plicas; utiliza
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla para notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de canto gregoriano)"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Dieses Beispiel zeigt eine moderne Transkription des Gregorianischen
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Al transcribir música mensural, es útil un «incipit» al compienzo
de la pieza para indicar la tonalidad y el tempo
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de música mensural)"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Bei der Transkription von Mensuralmusik ist es oft erwünscht, ein
zwischen den Systemen geschrieben.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 499a511d4166feaada31114e097f86b5e0c56421
texidocfr = "
Lorsque l'on transcrit de la musique mensurale, il est d'usage
d'indiquer en début de partition, par un « incipit », les tonalité
+
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Las indicaciones de compás también se pueden grabar en estilo antiguo.
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
s1
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 48f804da6794a7bc8e7fdd4b1649f485b0b09d26
doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e75f1604a1b866c853dee42dbffcb7800c706a5f
doctitlede = "Notenkopfstile besierend auf der Tonleiterstufe erstellen"
texidocde = "
Die @code{shapeNoteStyles}-(NotenFormenStile)-Eigenschaft kann benutzt
\break
\relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f
- mensural xcircle diamond)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f
+ mensural xcircle diamond)
\fragment
}
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "world-music"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: c2b2eafa00dc451e79e06f03ad1749a76b3c3947
texidoces = "
Para las improvisaciones o @emph{taqasim} que son libres durante unos
momentos, se puede omitir la indicación de compás y se puede usar
doctitlede = "Arabische Improvisation"
- lsrtags = "world-music"
- texidoc = "For improvisations or @emph{taqasim} which are
-temporarily free, the time signature can be omitted and
-@code{\cadenzaOn} can be used. Adjusting the accidental style
-might be required, since the absence of bar lines will cause the
-accidental to be marked only once. Here is an example of what
-could be the start of a @emph{hijaz} improvisation:"
-doctitle = "Arabic improvisation"
-} % begin verbatim
+ texidoc = "
+For improvisations or taqasim which are temporarily free, the time
+signature can be omitted and @code{\\cadenzaOn} can be used. Adjusting
+the accidental style might be required, since the absence of bar lines
+will cause the accidental to be marked only once. Here is an example
+of what could be the start of a hijaz improvisation:
+"
+ doctitle = "Arabic improvisation"
+} % begin verbatim
\include "arabic.ly"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
Se pueden subdividir las barras automáticamente. Estableciendo la
propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}, las barras se subdividen en
b32^"beatLength 1 16"[ a g f c' b a g]
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
texidoces = "
En un compás sencillo como 2/2 ó 4/4, las corcheas se barran de forma
predeterminada como dos grupos de cuatro.
}
}
}
+
\override StrokeFinger #'add-stem-support = ##t
<f c'-\rightHandFinger #2 >8
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 43774ddb81b9017802da04ba2862cae4586935b2
texidoces = "
Las reglas de final de barra especificadas en el contexto
@code{Score} se aplican a todos los pentagramas, pero se pueden
"
doctitlees = "Finales de barra en el contexto Score"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Balkenenderegeln, die im @code{Score}-Kontext definiert werden, wirken
-sich auf alle Systeme aus, können aber auf @code{Staff}- und
+sich auf alle Systeme aus, können aber auf @code{Staff}- und
@code{Voice}-Ebene neu verändert werden:
"
}
>>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
No está especificada ninguna agrupación predeterminada automática
de las barras para el compás de 7/8, de forma que si se requieren
"
doctitlees = "Agrupamiento de las barras en el compás de 7/8"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Es gibt keine automatischen Balkengruppen für 7/8-Takte. Wenn diese
Taktart benötigt wird, müssen die Gruppierungen definiert werden. Um
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8)
a8 a a a a a a
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
Normalmente están prohibidos los saltos de línea si las barras
atraviesan las líneas divisorias. Se puede cambiar este
"
doctitle = "Barras que atraviesan saltos de línea"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Zeilenumbrüche sind normalerweise während Balken verboten. Das kann geändert
"
doctitlede = "Balken über Zeilenumbrüche"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b3196fadd8f42d05ba35e8ac42f7da3caf8a3079
+
+ texidocfr = "
+Il est normalement impensable qu'un saut de ligne tombe au milieu d'une
+ligature. LilyPond permet néanmoins de l'obtenir.
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Ligature au moment d'un saut de ligne"
+
texidoc = "
Line breaks are normally forbidden when beams cross bar lines. This
behavior can be changed as shown:
c8] c[ c] c[ c] c[ c] c
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\\whiteout} intercala un rectángulo blanco
debajo de un elemento de marcado. Este rectángulo blanco no tapa
\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'(2 . 4)
c2-\markup { \whiteout \pad-markup #0.5 "middle C" } c
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
- texidoc = "@code{\\bookpart} can be used to split a book into
-several parts.
-Each part last page can be affected by @code{ragged-bottom-last}.
-Header and footer markups can detect a part last page, and make the
-difference with the book last page.
+
+ texidoc = "
+@code{\\bookpart} can be used to split a book into several parts. Each
+part last page can be affected by @code{ragged-last-bottom}. Header and
+footer markups can detect a part last page, and make the difference
+with the book last page.
+
"
doctitle = "Book parts"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
\book {
es8[ d] \breathe es[ f g f] |
es2 r4 \bar "||"
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Para hacer invisibles partes de un regulador de crescendo, se usa
el método de dibujar un rectángulo blanco encima de la parte
"
doctitlees = "Regulador interrumpido"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
texidoc = "
In order to make parts of a crescendo hairpin invisible, the following
method is used: A white rectangle is drawn on top of the respective
part of the crescendo hairpin, making it invisible. The rectangle is
defined as postscript code within a text markup.
-To fine-tune the position and size of the markup, the number
-preceding @code{setgray} in the postscript definition can be set to a
-value less than one, making it grey. The two numbers before @code{scale}
-in the postscript code are responsible for the width and height of the
+To fine-tune the position and size of the markup, the number preceding
+@code{setgray} in the postscript definition can be set to a value less
+than one, making it grey. The two numbers before @code{scale} in the
+postscript code are responsible for the width and height of the
rectangle, the two numbers before @code{translate} change the x- and
y-origin of the rectangle.
+
Make sure to put the hairpin in a lower layer than the text markup to
-draw the rectangle over the hairpin.
+draw the rectangle over the hairpin.
+
"
- doctitle = "Broken crescendo hairpin"
+ doctitle = "Broken Crescendo Hairpin"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c' {
<< {
\dynamicUp
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
A veces se denota una «cesura» con una doble marca de respiración
parecida a las vías del tren, con un calderón encima. Este
doctitle = "Caesura (\"railtracks\") with fermata"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
c2.
% construct the symbol
c2. \breathe c4
\bar "|."
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo proporciona una función para tipografiar un regulador
con texto por debajo, como \"molto\" o \"poco\". El ejemplo
"
doctitlees = "Centrar texto debajo de un regulador"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
-
texidoc = "
This example provides a function to typeset a hairpin (de)crescendo
with some additional text below it, such as \"molto\" or \"poco\". The
example also illustrates how to modify the way an object is normally
printed, using some Scheme code.
+
"
doctitle = "Center text below hairpin dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
-
hairpinWithCenteredText =
#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
#{
\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
-{
- \hairpinMolto c'2\< c'\f
- \hairpinMore c'2\< c'\f
+\relative c' {
+ \hairpinMolto
+ c2\< c\f
+ \hairpinMore
+ c2\< c\f
}
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, unfretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Para hacer más pequeño el círculo de @code{\\flageolet} (armónico)
utilice la siguiente función de Scheme.
"
doctitlefr = "Modifier la taille d'un \\flageolet"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
texidocde = "
Um den @code{\\flageolet}-Kreis kleiner zu machen, kann diese
Scheme-Funktion eingesetzt werden.
d4^\flageolet_\markup { default size } d_\flageolet
c4^\smallFlageolet_\markup { smaller } c_\smallFlageolet
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Se pueden modificar notas individuales de un acorde con la
instrucción @code{\\tweak}, alterando la propiedad
\relative {
<\tweak #'font-size #+2 c e g c \tweak #'font-size #-2 e>1^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
Se insertan automáticamente barras en ángulo cuando se detecta un
intervalo muy grande entre las notas. Se puede hacer un ajuste
"
doctitlees = "Cambiar el salto de las barras en ángulo"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Balken mit Hälsen in unterschiedliche Richtungen werden automatisch
erstellt, wenn ein großer Sprung zwischen Tonhöhen gefunden wird. Dieses
"
doctitlede = "Balken für weit auseinander liegende Noten ändern"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b3196fadd8f42d05ba35e8ac42f7da3caf8a3079
+ texidocfr = "
+LilyPond insère automatiquement des ligatures coudées --- certaines
+hampes vers le haut, d'autres vers le bas --- lorsqu'il détecte un
+intervalle important entre des têtes de notes. Ce comportement peut être
+changé par l'intermédiaire de l'objet @code{auto-knee-gap} --- défini
+par défaut à @samp{5,5} espace, plus la largeur et la pente de la
+ligature en question.
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Ligature et directions de hampe inversées"
+
texidoc = "
Kneed beams are inserted automatically when a large gap is detected
between the note heads. This behavior can be tuned through the
\override Beam #'auto-knee-gap = #6
f8 f''8 f8 f''8
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Se puede establecer el separador entre las distintas partes del
nombre de un acorde para que sea cualquier elemento de marcado.
"
doctitlees = "Modificación del separador de acordes"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
texidocde = "
Der Trenner zwischen unterschiedlichen Teilen eines Akkordsymbols kann
beliebeiger Text sein.
= \markup { \typewriter | }
c:7sus4
}
+
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- doctitlees = "Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás"
- texidoces = "
-Si hay diez compases de silencio o menos, se imprime en el pentagrama
-una serie de silencios de breve y longa (conocidos en alemán como
-\"Kirchenpausen\", «silencios eclesiásticos»); en caso contrario se
-muestra una barra normal. Este número predeterminado de diez se
-puede cambiar sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{expand-limit}:
-
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
- texidocde = "
-Wenn zehn oder weniger Pausentakte vorkommen, wird eine Reihe von Longa-
-und Brevispausen (auch Kirchenpausen genannt) gesetzt, bei mehr Takten
-wird eine Line mit der Taktanzahl ausgegeben. Der vorgegebene Wert von
-zehn kann geändert werden, indem man die @code{expand-limit}-Eigenschaft
-setzt:
-"
- doctitlede = "Die Erscheinung von Pausentakten ändern"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
-texidocfr = "
-Dans le cas où ce silence dure mois de dix mesures, LilyPond imprime sur
-la portée des @qq{ silences d'église } -- @emph{Kirchenpause} en
-allemand -- et qui sont une simple suite de rectangles. La propriété
-@code{expand-limit} permet d'obtenir un silence unique :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modifier l'apparence d'un silence multi-mesures"
-
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-If there are ten or fewer measures of rests, a series of longa
-and breve rests (called in German \"Kirchenpausen\" - church rests)
-is printed within the staff; otherwise a simple line is shown.
-This default number of ten may be changed by overriding the
-@code{expand-limit} property:
-"
- doctitle = "Changing form of multi-measure rests"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-
-\relative c'' {
- \compressFullBarRests
- R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
- \override MultiMeasureRest #'expand-limit = #3
- R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
-}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a634a20e0ab2a874ff8bf423e5651139df8733fc
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás"
+ texidoces = "
+Si hay diez compases de silencio o menos, se imprime en el pentagrama
+una serie de silencios de breve y longa (conocidos en alemán como
+\"Kirchenpausen\", «silencios eclesiásticos»); en caso contrario se
+muestra una barra normal. Este número predeterminado de diez se
+puede cambiar sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{expand-limit}:
+
+"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
+ texidocde = "
+Wenn zehn oder weniger Pausentakte vorkommen, wird eine Reihe von Longa-
+und Brevispausen (auch Kirchenpausen genannt) gesetzt, bei mehr Takten
+wird eine Line mit der Taktanzahl ausgegeben. Der vorgegebene Wert von
+zehn kann geändert werden, indem man die @code{expand-limit}-Eigenschaft
+setzt:
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Erscheinung von Pausentakten ändern"
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
+texidocfr = "
+Dans le cas où ce silence dure mois de dix mesures, LilyPond imprime sur
+la portée des @qq{ silences d'église } -- @emph{Kirchenpause} en
+allemand -- et qui sont une simple suite de rectangles. La propriété
+@code{expand-limit} permet d'obtenir un silence unique :
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Modifier l'apparence d'un silence multi-mesures"
+
+ texidoc = "
+If there are ten or fewer measures of rests, a series of longa and
+breve rests (called in German \"Kirchenpausen\" - church rests) is
+printed within the staff; otherwise a simple line is shown. This
+default number of ten may be changed by overriding the
+@code{expand-limit} property.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Changing form of multi-measure rests"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \compressFullBarRests
+ R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
+ \override MultiMeasureRest #'expand-limit = #3
+ R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
+}
\header {
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, midi"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Al producir una salida MIDI, el comportamiento predeterminado es
que cada pentagrama representa un canal MIDI, con todas las voces
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 04ab6c269b4067b6ed334d460339818d90513396
texidoces = "
Al utilizar la posibilidad de combinación automática de partes, se
puede modificar el texto que se imprime para las secciones de solo
"
doctitlees = "Cambiar los textos de partcombine"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Wenn Stimmen automatisch kombiniert werden, kann der Text, der für
Solo- und Unisono-Stellen ausgegeben wird, geändert werden:
a2 g
}
>>
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The @code{\\applyOutput} command allows the tuning of any layout
-object, in any context. It requires a Scheme function with three
-arguments."
+object, in any context. It requires a Scheme function with three
+arguments.
+"
doctitle = "Changing properties for individual grobs"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(define (mc-squared grob grob-origin context)
- (let*
- (
- (ifs (ly:grob-interfaces grob))
- (sp (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position))
- )
- (if (memq 'note-head-interface ifs)
+ (let ((sp (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position)))
+ (if (grob::has-interface grob 'note-head-interface)
(begin
(ly:grob-set-property! grob 'stencil
(grob-interpret-markup grob
((-5) "m")
((-3) "c ")
((-2) (make-smaller-markup (make-bold-markup "2")))
- (else "bla")
- ))))
- ))))
+ (else "bla")))))))))
\relative c' {
<d f g b>2
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
Oh, ché -- ri, je t'aime
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Se puede modificar el texto empleado para los crescendos y
decrescendos modificando las propiedades de contexto
-@code{crescendoText} y @code{decrescendoText}. El estilo de la
+@code{crescendoText} y @code{decrescendoText}. El estiloo de la
línea de extensión se puede cambiar modificando la propiedad
@code{'style} de @code{DynamicTextSpanner}. El valor
predeterminado es @code{'hairpin} (regulador), y entre otros
valores posibles se encuentran @code{'line} (línea),
-@code{'dashed-line} (línea discontinua) y @code{'dotted-line}
+@code{'dashed-line} (línea intermitente) y @code{'dotted-line}
(línea de puntos):
"
"
doctitlede = "Text und Strecker-Stile für Dynamik-Texte ändern"
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The text used for crescendos and decrescendos can be changed by
modifying the context properties @code{crescendoText} and
-@code{decrescendoText}. The style of the spanner line can be
-changed by modifying the @code{'style} property of
-@code{DynamicTextSpanner}. The default value is @code{'hairpin},
-and other possible values include @code{'line}, @code{'dashed-line}
-and @code{'dotted-line}:
+@code{decrescendoText}. The style of the spanner line can be changed by
+modifying the @code{'style} property of @code{DynamicTextSpanner}. The
+default value is @code{'hairpin}, and other possible values include
+@code{'line}, @code{'dashed-line} and @code{'dotted-line}.
+
"
doctitle = "Changing text and spanner styles for text dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\set crescendoText = \markup { \italic { cresc. poco } }
\set crescendoSpanner = #'text
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las ligaduras de expresión de
continuas a punteadas o intermitentes.
c4( d e c)
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
El glifo de la marca de respiración se puede ajustar
sobreescribiendo la propiedad de texto del objeto de presentación
"
doctitlees = "Cambiar el símbolo de la marca de respiración"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Das Schriftzeichen für das Atemzeichen kann verändert werden, indem
die Text-Eigenschaft des @code{BreathingSign}-Layoutobjekts mit einer
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
La nomenclatura inglesa (predeterminada) para los acordes del
cifrado americano se puede cambiar por la alemana
\semiGermanChords \music }
\context Voice { \music }
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Las alteraciones y los signos «más» pueden aparecer antes o
después de los números, según el valor de las propiedades
\set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #LEFT
<6\+> <5+> <6 4-> r
}
+
c8 c c c c\f c c c
}
>>
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, midi"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dcd61338c753205b6f8d549389fcb0d999c3a675
texidoces = "
Para cambiar el tempo en la salida MIDI sin
imprimir nada, hacemos invisible la indicación metronómica:
doctitlede = "Das Tempo ohne Metronom-Angabe verändern"
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "To change the tempo in MIDI output without printing
-anything, make the metronome mark invisible:"
+ texidoc = "
+To change the tempo in MIDI output without printing anything, make the
+metronome mark invisible.
+"
doctitle = "Changing the tempo without a metronome mark"
} % begin verbatim
-
\score {
\new Staff \relative c' {
\tempo 4 = 160
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 4f881627b3ff5eb538df5221ad77b73d0637aeb4
texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\time} establece las propiedades
@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, @code{beatGrouping} y
doctitlees = "Cambio de compás sin afectar al barrado"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Der @code{\\time}-Befehl verändert die Eigenschaften
@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, @code{beatGrouping}
doctitlede = "Die Taktart verändern ohne die Bebalkung zu beeinflussen"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
La commande @code{\time} gère les propriétés
@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, @code{beatGrouping}
% Lose 3/4 beaming now \time has been changed
a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 3644a70508f73e9204837cb07430225e55bd38f6
doctitlees = "Cambiar el número del grupo especial"
texidoces = "
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Standardmäßig wird nur der Zähler des N-tolen-Bruchs über der Klammer
dargestellt, wie er dem @code{\\times}-Befehl übergeben wird.
doctitlede = "Die Zahl der N-tole verändern"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
L'apparence du chiffre est déterminée par la propriété @code{text} dans
@code{TupletNumber}. La valeur par défaut imprime seulement le
\override TupletNumber #'stencil = ##f
\times 2/3 { c8 c c }
}
+
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, contexts-and-engravers"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
+@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
+línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
+@code{\\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
+duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
+caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
+@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
+El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
+@code{\\scaleDurations}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\\scaleDurations}"
+
+ texidoc = "
+The @code{measureLength} property, together with
+@code{measurePosition}, determines when a bar line is needed. However,
+when using @code{\\scaleDurations}, the scaling of durations makes it
+difficult to change time signatures. In this case,
+@code{measureLength} should be set manually, using the
+@code{ly:make-moment} callback. The second argument must be the same
+as the second argument of @code{\\scaleDurations}.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Changing time signatures inside a polymetric section using \\scaleDurations"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \remove "Timing_translator"
+ \remove "Default_bar_line_engraver"
+ }
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists "Timing_translator"
+ \consists "Default_bar_line_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \scaleDurations #'(8 . 5) {
+ \time 6/8
+ \set Timing.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 6 5)
+ b8 b b b b b
+ \time 2/4
+ \set Timing.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 4 5)
+ b4 b
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef bass
+ \time 2/4
+ c2 d e f
+ }
+>>
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- texidoces = "
-La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
-@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
-línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
-@code{\\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
-duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
-caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
-@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
-El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
-@code{\\scaleDurations}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\\scaleDurations}"
-
- lsrtags = "rhythms,contexts-and-engravers"
- texidoc = "The @code{measureLength} property, together with
-@code{measurePosition}, determines when a bar line is needed. However,
-when using @code{\\scaleDurations}, the scaling of durations makes it
-difficult to change time signatures. In this case, @code{measureLength}
-should be set manually, using the @code{ly:make-moment} callback. The
-second argument must be the same as the second argument of
-@code{\\scaleDurations}."
- doctitle = "Changing time signatures inside a polymetric section using @code{\\scaleDurations}"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-
-\layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \remove "Timing_translator"
- \remove "Default_bar_line_engraver"
- }
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists "Timing_translator"
- \consists "Default_bar_line_engraver"
- }
-}
-
-<<
- \new Staff {
- \scaleDurations #'(8 . 5) {
- \time 6/8
- \set Timing.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 6 5)
- b8 b b b b b
- \time 2/4
- \set Timing.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 4 5)
- b4 b
- }
- }
- \new Staff {
- \clef bass
- \time 2/4
- c2 d e f
- }
->>
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Este tipo de notación se utiliza para el canto de los Salmos, en
que las estrofas no siempre tienen la misma longitud.
\stemOn g'2 \bar "||"
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Se puede usar la propiedad @code{chordNameExceptions} para
almacenar una lista de notaciones espaciales para acordes
<< \context ChordNames \theMusic
\context Voice \theMusic
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
texidocde = "
Das Aussehen des großen Septakkords kann mit @code{majorSevenSymbol} verändert werden.
doctitlede = "Akkordbezeichnung maj7"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 3e50373e10750e5bc1f5c69898df3740e6169165
+ texidoces = "
+La presentación del acorde de séptima mayor se
+puede ajustar mediante majorSevenSymbol.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Nombre de acorde maj7"
+
+
texidoc = "
The layout of the major 7 can be tuned with @code{majorSevenSymbol}.
\set majorSevenSymbol = \markup { j7 }
c:7+
}
+
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
%% Note: this file works from version 2.13.0
-\version "2.13.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede hacer que los diagramas de posiciones se muestren sólo
cuando el acorde cambia o al comienzo de una nueva línea.
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "paper-and-layout" % a new tag like "Mixing text and music" or
-% "Special output" might be more adequate -jm
+ lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
+
texidoc = "
This code shows how to clip (extract) snippets from a full score.
snippets page may not adequately show the results.
The result will be files named
-@file{@var{base}-from-@var{start}-to-@var{end}[-@var{count}].eps}.
+@samp{base-from-start-to-end[-count].eps}.
+
-@itemize
-@item
If system starts and ends are included, they include extents of the
System grob, e.g., instrument names.
-@item
+
Grace notes at the end point of the region are not included.
-@item
+
Regions can span multiple systems. In this case, multiple EPS files
-are generated.
+are generated.
-@end itemize
"
doctitle = "Clip systems"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems)
#(set! output-count 1)
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, chords, keyboards"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Los «clusters» o racimos son un mecanismo para indicar la
interpretación de un ámbito de notas al mismo tiempo.
\new Staff \fragment
\new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches,editorial-annotations,really-cool"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
+
texidoc = "
-It is possible to color note heads depending on their pitch and/or their names:
-the function used in this example even makes it possible to distinguish enharmonics.
+It is possible to color note heads depending on their pitch and/or
+their names: the function used in this example even makes it possible
+to distinguish enharmonics.
+
"
doctitle = "Coloring notes depending on their pitch"
} % begin verbatim
(cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
(cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
(cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- ))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))))
%Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
#(define (color-notehead grob)
(pitch-to-color
- (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause) 'pitch)))
+ (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch)))
\score {
\new Staff \relative c' {
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Ciertas indicaciones dinámicas pueden llevar textos (como \"più
forte\" o \"piano subito\"). Se pueden producir usando un
c2\f c-\piuF
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 04ab6c269b4067b6ed334d460339818d90513396
texidoces = "
La herramienta de combinación de partes ( instrucción
@code{\\partcombine}) permite la combinación de varias partes
"
doctitlees = "Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Funktion, die Stimmen kombiniert (also der @code{\\partcombine}-Befehl)
ermöglicht die Kombination unterschiedlicher Stimmen auf einem
}
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a634a20e0ab2a874ff8bf423e5651139df8733fc
doctitlees = "Indicaciones de compases compuestos"
texidoces = "
Las indicaciones de compás poco frecuentes como \"5/8\" se pueden
"
doctitlefr = "Métrique décomposée"
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
Odd 20th century time signatures (such as \"5/8\") can often be played
as compound time signatures (e.g. \"3/8 + 2/8\"), which combine two or
doctitle = "Compound time signatures"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(define ((compound-time one two num) grob)
(grob-interpret-markup grob
(markup #:override '(baseline-skip . 0) #:number
(#:line (
(#:column (one num))
#:vcenter "+"
- (#:column (two num))))
- )))
+ (#:column (two num)))))))
\relative c' {
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #(compound-time "2" "3" "8")
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
Las opciones para agrupar los pulsos de un compás están a nuestra
disposición a través de la función de Scheme
"
doctitlees = "Símbolos de dirección, símbolos de agrupación de compás"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Optionen, mit denen die Balken in einem Takt gruppiert werden, sind
durch die Scheme-Funktion @code{set-time-signature} erhältlich, die
"
doctitlede = "Dirigirzeichen, Taktgruppenzeichen"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b3196fadd8f42d05ba35e8ac42f7da3caf8a3079
+ texidocfr = "
+Il existe des options qui permettent de grouper les ligatures au sein
+d'une mesure, grâce à la fonction Scheme @code{set-time-signature}.
+Celle-ci prend trois arguments : le nombre de pulsations, la durée de la
+pulsation et le regroupement des pulsations dans la mesure. Si l'on
+fait appel au @code{Measure_grouping_engraver}, la fonction
+@code{set-time-signature} créera aussi des symboles
+@code{MeasureGrouping}. Ces symboles aident à la lecture des œuvres
+modernes à la rythmique complexe. Dans l'exemple qui suit, la mesure à
+9/8 este divisée en 2, 2, 2 et 3. Ceci est fourni en tant que troisième
+argument à @code{set-time-signature} : @code{'(2 2 2 3)}.
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Signes de direction, signes de sous-groupe"
+
texidoc = "
Options to group beats within a bar are available through the Scheme
function @code{set-time-signature}, which takes three arguments: the
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Se puede tipografiar un gissando contemporáneo sin nota final
utilizando una nota oculta y temporalización de cadenza.
"
doctitlees = "Glissando contemporáneo"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Ein modernes Glissando ohne eine Endnote kann gesetzt werden, indem
eine Kadenz eingesetzt wird und die Endnote unsichtbar gemacht wird.
\cadenzaOff
\bar "|"
}
+
adding-an-extra-staff-at-a-line-break.ly
adding-an-extra-staff.ly
changing-midi-output-to-one-channel-per-voice.ly
-changing-time-signatures-inside-a-polymetric-section-using-scaledurations.ly
+changing-time-signatures-inside-a-polymetric-section-using--scaledurations.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
creating-blank-staves.ly
engravers-one-by-one.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, chords, keyboards, fretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Se puede controlar con precisión la colocación de los números de digitación.
"
doctitlefr = "Conrôle du positionnement des doigtés"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Position von Fingersatzzahlen kann exakt kontrolliert werden.
<e-3>2
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
El orden vertical que ocupan las inscripciones gráficas está
controlado con la propiedad @code{script-priority}. Cuanto más
"
doctitlees = "Controlar la ordenación vertical de las inscripciones"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Die vertikale Anordnung von Beschriftungen wird mit der
@code{'script-priority}-Eigenschaft kontrolliert. Um so kleiner die
\once \override Script #'script-priority = #-100
a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b10de35f895919aec109de6fb1fc84d42ad851b3
texidoces = "
La creación de un grupeto circular de anticipación entre dos notas,
donde la nota inferior del grupeto utiliza una alteración, requiere
varias sobreescriturasw de propiedades. La propiedad
-@code{outside-staff-priority} se debe establecer al valor @code{#f}, pues en
+@code{outside-staff-priority} se debe establecer al valor #f, pues en
caso contrario tendría prioridad sobre la propiedad @code{avoid-slur
property}. El valor de @code{halign} se utiliza para colocar el
grupeto horizontalmente.
doctitlede = "Einen Doppelschlag mit Vorhalt erstellen"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
-
texidoc = "
-Creating a delayed turn, where the lower note of the
-turn uses the accidental, requires several overrides. The
-@code{outside-staff-priority} property must be set to @code{#f},
-as otherwise this would take precedence over the
-@code{avoid-slur property}. The value of @code{halign} is used
-to position the turn horizontally."
+Creating a delayed turn, where the lower note of the turn uses the
+accidental, requires several overrides. The
+@code{outside-staff-priority} property must be set to @code{#f}, as
+otherwise this would take precedence over the @code{avoid-slur
+property}. The value of @code{halign} is used to position the turn
+horizontally.
+"
doctitle = "Creating a delayed turn"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\once \override TextScript #'avoid-slur = #'inside
\once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 48f804da6794a7bc8e7fdd4b1649f485b0b09d26
texidoces = "
En una música que tenga muchas apariciones de la
misma secuencia de notas a distintas alturas, podría ser de
} % begin verbatim
#(define (make-note-req p d)
- (make-music 'NoteEvent
- 'duration d
- 'pitch p))
+ (make-music 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration d
+ 'pitch p))
#(define (make-note p d)
- (make-music 'EventChord
- 'elements (list (make-note-req p d))))
+ (make-music 'EventChord
+ 'elements (list (make-note-req p d))))
#(define (seq-music-list elts)
- (make-music 'SequentialMusic
- 'elements elts))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic
+ 'elements elts))
#(define (make-triplet elt)
- (make-music 'TimeScaledMusic
- 'denominator 3
- 'numerator 2
- 'element elt))
-
+ (make-music 'TimeScaledMusic
+ 'denominator 3
+ 'numerator 2
+ 'element elt))
rhythm =
#(define-music-function (parser location note) (ly:music?)
- "Make the rhythm in Mars (the Planets) at the given note's pitch"
- (let ((p (ly:music-property
- (car (ly:music-property note 'elements))
- 'pitch)))
- (seq-music-list (list
- (make-triplet (seq-music-list (list
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0 2 3))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0 2 3))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0 2 3))
- )))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 2 0))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 2 0))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0))
- (make-note p (ly:make-duration 2 0))
- ))))
+ "Make the rhythm in Mars (the Planets) at the given note's pitch"
+ (let ((p (ly:music-property
+ (car (ly:music-property note 'elements))
+ 'pitch)))
+ (seq-music-list
+ (list
+ (make-triplet (seq-music-list
+ (list
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0 2 3))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0 2 3))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0 2 3)))))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 2 0))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 2 0))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 3 0))
+ (make-note p (ly:make-duration 2 0))))))
\new Staff {
\time 5/4
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Se puede trazar un símbolo de arpegio entre notas de distintas
voces que están sobre el mismo pentagrama si el grabador
"
doctitlees = "Crear arpegios entre notas de voces distintas"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Ein Arpeggio kann zwischen Noten aus unterschidlichen Stimmen auf demselben
System gezogen werden, wenn der @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} in den
{ <d, f>2\arpeggio <g b>2 }
>>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, editorial-annotations, contexts-and-engravers, paper-and-layout"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Para crear pentagramas en blanco, genere compases vacíos y después
elimine el grabador de números de compás
bottom-margin = 0.25\in
top-margin = 0.25\in
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Dentro de un @code{PianoStaff}, es posible hacer que un arpegio
cruce entre los pentagramas ajustando la propiedad
"
doctitlees = "Crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de un sistema de piano"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Arpeggio über mehrere Systeme können in anderen Kontexten als dem
@code{PianoStaff} erstellt werden, wenn der @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver}
}
}
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Se pueden crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de
contextos distintos a @code{PianoStaff} si se incluye el grabador
"
doctitlees = "Creación de arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de otros contextos"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
In einem Klaviersystem (@code{PianoStaff}) ist es möglich, ein Arpeggio
zwischen beiden Systemen zu verbinden, indem die
}
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dcd61338c753205b6f8d549389fcb0d999c3a675
texidoces = "
Se pueden crear indicaciones metronómicas nuevas en modo de
marcado, pero no cambian el tempo en la salida MIDI.
doctitlede = "Eine Metronombezeichnung als Textbeschriftung erstellen"
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "New metronome marks can be created in markup mode,
-but they will not change the tempo in MIDI output."
+ texidoc = "
+New metronome marks can be created in markup mode, but they will not
+change the tempo in MIDI output.
+"
doctitle = "Creating metronome marks in markup mode"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c' {
\tempo \markup {
\concat {
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Aunque la manera más fácil de añadir paréntesis a una indicación
de dinámica es utilizar un bloque @code{\\markup}, este método
\relative c'' {
c4\parenF c c \dynamicUp c\parenF
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
A diferencia de las inscripciones de texto, las lestras de ensayo
no se pueden apilar en un punto concreto de la partitura: sólo se
"
doctitlees = "Creación de marcas de ensayo simultáneas"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks,text,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
-Unlike text scripts, rehearsal marks cannot be stacked at a particular point
-in a score: only one @code{RehearsalMark} object is created. Using an
-invisible measure and bar line, an extra rehearsal mark can be added, giving
-the appearance of two marks in the same column.
+Unlike text scripts, rehearsal marks cannot be stacked at a particular
+point in a score: only one @code{RehearsalMark} object is created.
+Using an invisible measure and bar line, an extra rehearsal mark can be
+added, giving the appearance of two marks in the same column. This
+method may also prove useful for placing rehearsal marks at both the
+end of one system and the start of the following system.
-This method may also prove useful for placing rehearsal marks at both the
-end of one system and the start of the following system.
"
doctitle = "Creating simultaneous rehearsal marks"
} % begin verbatim
\time 4/4
\once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(bar-line)
\mark \markup { \box \bold Intro }
d'1
\mark \default
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, keyboards, unfretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
En determinadas situaciones es necesario crear ligaduras de
expresión entre notas que están en voces distintas.
}
>>
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Las instrucciones @code{\\startTextSpan} y @code{\\stopTextSpan}
permiten la creación de elementos de extensión textuales tan
"
doctitlees = "Crear elementos de extensión textuales"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "The @code{\\startTextSpan} and @code{\\stopTextSpan}
-commands allow the creation of text spanners as easily as pedal
-indications or octavations. Override some properties of the
-@code{TextSpanner} object to modify its output."
+ texidoc = "
+The @code{\\startTextSpan} and @code{\\stopTextSpan} commands allow the
+creation of text spanners as easily as pedal indications or
+octavations. Override some properties of the @code{TextSpanner} object
+to modify its output.
+"
doctitle = "Creating text spanners"
} % begin verbatim
-
\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c'' {
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Se pueden tipografiar «custos» en diferentes estilos.
c1^"mensural" \break
<d a' f'>1
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
texidoces = "
Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
posiciones de acordes por medio de @code{'fret-diagram-details}.
"
doctitlede = "Bunddiagramme anpassen"
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
-
- texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
-@code{'fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams,
-overrides are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object.
-Like @code{Voice}, @code{FretBoards} is a bottom level context,
-therefore can be omitted in property overrides.
+ texidoc = "
+Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{'fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams, overrides
+are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object. Like
+@code{Voice}, @code{FretBoards} is a bottom level context, therefore
+can be omitted in property overrides.
"
doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
} % begin verbatim
-
\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
#guitar-tuning
#"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
<<
\new ChordNames {
- \chordmode { c1 c c d }
+ \chordmode { c1 | c | c | d }
}
\new FretBoards {
% Set global properties of fret diagram
}
}
\new Voice {
- c'1 c' c' d'
+ c'1 | c' | c' | d'
}
>>
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
texidoces = "
Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
posiciones a través de @code{'fret-diagram-details}. Para los
"
doctitlede = "Anpassung von Beschriftungs-Bunddiagrammen"
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoc = "
+Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{'fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides can
+be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly to the
+markup.
- texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
-@code{'fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides
-can be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly
-to the markup.
"
doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
} % begin verbatim
-
<<
- \chords { c1 c c d }
+ \chords { c1 | c | c | d }
\new Voice = "mel" {
\textLengthOn
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
La dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea
del pentagrama está determinada por la propiedad
"
doctitlees = "Dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea del pentagrama"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Richtung von Hälsen auf der mittleren Linie kann mit der @code{Stem}-Eigenschaft
@code{neutral-direction} gesetzt werden.
\override Stem #'neutral-direction = #down
a4 b c b
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: afbff4903c2dcf413255a42e38b1d26435509370
texidoces = "
Se pueden añadir diagramas de posiciones predefinidas para
"
doctitlede = "Eigene vordefinierte Bunddiagramme für andere Instrumente erstellen"
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
- texidoc = "Predefined fret diagrams can be added for new instruments
-in addition to the standards used for guitar. This file shows how
-this is done by defining a new string-tuning and a few predefined
-fretboards for the Venezuelan cuatro.
+ texidoc = "
+Predefined fret diagrams can be added for new instruments in addition
+to the standards used for guitar. This file shows how this is done by
+defining a new string-tuning and a few predefined fretboards for the
+Venezuelan cuatro.
+
+This file also shows how fingerings can be included in the chords used
+as reference points for the chord lookup, and displayed in the fret
+diagram and the @code{TabStaff}, but not the music.
-This file also shows how fingerings can be included in the chords
-used as reference points for the chord lookup, and displayed in
-the fret diagram and the @code{TabStaff}, but not the music.
These fretboards are not transposable because they contain string
-information. This is planned to be corrected in the future.
+information. This is planned to be corrected in the future.
"
doctitle = "Defining predefined fretboards for other instruments"
copyright = "localcopyright"
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dcd61338c753205b6f8d549389fcb0d999c3a675
texidoces = "
Si hay un solo pentagrama en un de los tipos de sistema
@code{ChoirStaff} o @code{StaffGroup}, el comportamiento
"
doctitlede = "Klammer anzeigen, wenn nur ein System gesetzt wird"
- lsrtags = "staff-notation,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "If there is only one staff in one of the staff types
-@code{ChoirStaff} or @code{StaffGroup}, the bracket and the starting
-bar line will not be displayed as standard behavior. This can be changed
-by overriding the relevant properties.
+ texidoc = "
+If there is only one staff in one of the staff types @code{ChoirStaff}
+or @code{StaffGroup}, the bracket and the starting bar line will not be
+displayed as standard behavior. This can be changed by overriding the
+relevant properties.
Note that in contexts such as @code{PianoStaff} and @code{GrandStaff}
where the systems begin with a brace instead of a bracket, another
-property has to be set, as shown on the second system in the example.
+property has to be set, as shown on the second system in the example.
+
"
doctitle = "Display bracket with only one staff in a system"
} % begin verbatim
-
\markup \left-column {
\score {
\new StaffGroup <<
>>
\layout { }
}
+ \null
\score {
\new PianoStaff <<
\override PianoStaff.SystemStartBrace #'collapse-height = #1
\relative c' {
<< { \fixA <b d!>8 } \\ { \voiceThree \fixB dis } >> s
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "pitches"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 674a5f874c07063ae56d55be25c55fc3b4bdb7bf
doctitlees = "Alteraciones de estilo dodecafónico para todas las notas, incluidas las naturales"
texidoces = "
En las obras de principios del s.XX, empezando por Schoenberg, Berg y
"
doctitlede = "Versetzungszeichen für jede Note im Stil der Zwölftonmusik"
- lsrtags = "pitches"
- texidoc = "In early 20th century works, starting with Schoenberg,
-Berg and Webern (the \"Second\" Viennese school), every pitch in the
-twelve-tone scale has to be regarded as equal, without any hierarchy
-such as the classical (tonal) degrees. Therefore, these composers
-print one accidental for each note, even at natural pitches, to
-emphasize their new approach to music theory and language.
+ texidoc = "
+In early 20th century works, starting with Schoenberg, Berg and Webern
+(the \"Second\" Viennese school), every pitch in the twelve-tone scale
+has to be regarded as equal, without any hierarchy such as the
+classical (tonal) degrees. Therefore, these composers print one
+accidental for each note, even at natural pitches, to emphasize their
+new approach to music theory and language.
This snippet shows how to achieve such notation rules.
-"
+"
doctitle = "Dodecaphonic-style accidentals for each note including naturals"
} % begin verbatim
-
\score {
\new Staff {
#(set-accidental-style 'dodecaphonic)
}
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
- lsrtags = "unfretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "Artificial harmonics using @code{\\harmonic} do not show
-dots. To override this behavior, set the context property
-@code{harmonicDots}."
+ lsrtags = "unfretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Artificial harmonics using @code{\\harmonic} do not show dots. To
+override this behavior, set the context property @code{harmonicDots}.
+
+"
doctitle = "Dotted harmonics"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c''' {
\time 3/4
\key f \major
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
texidoc = "
The @code{print-function} can be overridden to draw a box around an
-arbitrary grob.
+arbitrary grob.
+
"
doctitle = "Drawing boxes around grobs"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\override TextScript #'stencil =
#(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
\mark "F"
c1
}
+
+
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
texidoc = "
-The @code{\circle} markup command draws circles around various objects,
-for example fingering indications. For other objects, specific tweaks
-may be required: this example demonstrates two strategies for rehearsal
-marks and measure numbers.
+The @code{\\circle} markup command draws circles around various
+objects, for example fingering indications. For other objects,
+specific tweaks may be required: this example demonstrates two
+strategies for rehearsal marks and measure numbers.
+
"
doctitle = "Drawing circles around various objects"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c' {
c1
\set Score.markFormatter =
creating-a-delayed-turn.ly
creating-blank-staves.ly
default-direction-of-stems-on-the-center-line-of-the-staff.ly
+drawing-boxes-around-grobs.ly
+drawing-circles-around-various-objects.ly
embedding-native-postscript-in-a--markup-block.ly
grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly
grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Se puede insertar códico PostScript directamente dentro de un
bloque @code{\\markup}.
s2
a'1
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Del problema central de la notación, esto es, crear un determinado
símbolo, se encargan los «plugins» o complementos añadidos. Cada
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a634a20e0ab2a874ff8bf423e5651139df8733fc
doctitlees = "Grabado manual de las ligaduras"
texidoces = "
Se pueden grabar a mano las ligaduras modificando la propiedad
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Überbindungen können manuell gesetzt werden, indem man die
@code{tie-configuration}-Eigenschaft des @code{TieColumn}-Objekts
doctitlede = "Bindebögen manuell setzen"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
Il est possible de graver manuellement les liaisons de tenue, en
modifiant la propriété @code{tie-configuration}. Pour chaque paire, le
#'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
<c e g> ~ <c e g>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 3644a70508f73e9204837cb07430225e55bd38f6
doctitlees = "Escribir varios grupos especiales usando una sola instrucción \\times"
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{tupletSpannerDuration} establece cuánto debe durar
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Die Eigenschaft @code{tupletSpannerDuration} bestimmt, wie lange jede
der N-tolen innerhalb der Klammern nach dem @code{\\times}-Befehl
doctitlede = "Mehrere Triolen notieren, aber nur einmal \\times benutzen"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
La propriété @code{tupletSpannerDuration} spécifie la longueur voulue de
chaque crochet. Avec elle, vous pouvez faire plusieurs nolets en ne
\set tupletSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
\times 2/3 { c8 c c c c c }
}
+
-adding-beams,-slurs,-ties-etc.-when-using-tuplet-and-non-tuplet-rythms..ly
+adding-beams,-slurs,-ties-etc.-when-using-tuplet-and-non-tuplet-rhythms.ly
adding-parentheses-around-an-expressive-mark-or-chordal-note.ly
adjusting-the-shape-of-falls-and-doits.ly
breathing-signs.ly
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards, tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "The appearance of pedal brackets may be altered in
-different ways."
+
+ texidoc = "
+The appearance of pedal brackets may be altered in different ways.
+
+"
doctitle = "Fine-tuning pedal brackets"
} % begin verbatim
-
\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c'' {
c2\sostenutoOn c
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
texidoces = "
En este ejemplo se combinan las digitaciones de la mano izquierda,
indicaciones del número de cuerda y digitaciones de la mano
"
doctitlefr = "Doigtés, indications de cordeet doigtés main droite"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
texidocde = "
Dieses Beispiel kombiniert Fingersatz für die linke Hand, Saitennummern
und Fingersatz für die rechte Hand.
<g-0\3-\RH #3 >4
<c-1\2-\RH #4 >4
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5c26e815f2ed54e6c4d022bac10dcc87a9916a29
texidoces = "
Son posibles tanto los corchetes rectos sobre notas sueltas como
extremos de barra sueltos en figuras unidas, con una combinación de
@code{stemLeftBeamCount}, @code{stemRightBeamCount} e indicadores de
barra @code{[ ]} emparejados.
-
-
-
Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la derecha sobre notas sueltas,
use indicadores de barra emparejados @code{[ ]} y establezca
@code{stemLeftBeamCount} a cero (véase el ejemplo 1).
-
-
-
Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la izquierda, establezca en su
lugar @code{stemRightBeamCount} (ejemplo 2).
-
-
-
Para extremos sueltos que apunten a la derecha al final de un conjunto
de notas unidas, establezca @code{stemRightBeamCount} a un valor
positivo. Y para extremos sueltos que apunten a la izquierda al
principio de un conjunto de notas unidas, establezca
@code{stemLeftBeamCount} en su lugar (ejemplo 3).
-
-
-
A veces, para una nota suelta rodeada de silencios tiene sentido que
lleve los dos extremos sueltos del corchete plano, apuntando a derecha
e izquierda. Hágalo solamente con indicadores de barra emparejados
@code{[ ]} (ejemplo 4).
-
-
-
(Observe que @code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount} siempre equivale a
@code{\\once \\set}. En otras palabras, los ajustes de la cantidad de
barras no se recuerdan, y por ello el par de corchetes planos
aplicados a la nota Do semicorchea @code{c'16 [ ]} del último ejemplo
no tiene nada que ver con el @code{\\set} de dos notas por detrás.)
-
-
-
"
doctitlees = "Corchetes rectos y extremos de barra sueltos"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Gerade Fähnchen an einzelnen Noten und überstehende Balkenenden bei
bebalkten Notengruppen sind möglich mit einer Kombination aus
}
>>
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "winds"
texidoc = "
-It is possible to indicate special articulation techniques such as
-flute's \"tongue slap\", by replacing the note head with the
-appropriate glyph.
+It is possible to indicate special articulation techniques such as a
+flute's \"tongue slap\" by replacing the note head with the appropriate
+glyph.
"
doctitle = "Flute slap notation"
} % begin verbatim
-
slap =
#(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
#{
\relative c' {
c4 \slap c d r \slap { g a } b r
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 73115c93908af74c12a19753e79cbca47b2c2978
doctitlees = "Forzar el desplazamiento horizontal de las notas"
texidoces = "
Cuando el motor de tipografiado no es capaz de todo, se puede usar la
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Wenn es zu Zusammenstößen kommt, kann mit folgender Lösung eine andere
Position manuell eingestellt werden. Die Einheiten hier sind
<b f'>2
}
>>
+
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
}
+
\context Lyrics \lyricsto melody \lyr
>>
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "This snippet shows many possibilities for obtaining
-and tweaking fret diagrams."
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+This snippet shows many possibilities for obtaining and tweaking fret
+diagrams.
+
+"
doctitle = "Fret diagrams explained and developed"
} % begin verbatim
-
<<
\chords {
a2 a
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 48f804da6794a7bc8e7fdd4b1649f485b0b09d26
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código basado en Scheme genera
24 notas aleatorias (o tantas como se necesiten), basándose en la
} % begin verbatim
\score {
- { #(let ((random-state (seed->random-state (current-time))))
- (ly:export
- (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'elements
- (map (lambda x
- (let ((idx (random 12 random-state)))
- (make-music 'EventChord
- 'elements (list (make-music 'NoteEvent
- 'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
- 'pitch (ly:make-pitch (quotient idx 7)
- (remainder idx 7)
- 0))))))
- (make-list 24)))))
+ {
+ #(let ((random-state (seed->random-state (current-time))))
+ (ly:export
+ (make-sequential-music
+ (map (lambda (x)
+ (let ((idx (random 12 random-state)))
+ (make-event-chord
+ (list
+ (make-music 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch (ly:make-pitch
+ (quotient idx 7)
+ (remainder idx 7)
+ 0))))))
+ (make-list 24)))))
}
}
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las líneas de rejilla
sobreescribiendo algunas de sus propiedades.
"
doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: modificar su aspecto"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Erscheinung der Gitternetzlinien kann durch einige Eigenschaften
geändert werden.
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Se pueden trazar líneas verticales normales entre pentagramas para
mostrar la relación entre notas; sin embargo, en caso de música
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
Los patrones de barrado se pueden alterar con la propiedad
@code{beatGrouping}:
"
doctitlees = "Agrupar los pulsos"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Balkengruppen können mit der @code{beatGrouping}-Eigenschaft geändert
werden:
"
doctitlede = "Notengruppen"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b3196fadd8f42d05ba35e8ac42f7da3caf8a3079
+ texidocfr = "
+La manière de gérer les ligatures est influencée par la propriété
+@code{beatGrouping} :
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Regroupement selon la pulsation"
+
texidoc = "
Beaming patterns may be altered with the @code{beatGrouping} property:
c8^"(3+2)" c16 c8
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, fretted-strings"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 4c465c44a037a2a9570964bde1ce64c1cb15014f
texidoces = "
Para la música de guitarra, es posible mostrar los ritmos de rasgueo,
además de las notas de la melodía, acordes y diagramas de posiciones.
"
doctitlede = "Rythmique et guitare"
- lsrtags = "rhythms,fretted-strings"
texidoc = "
-For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along
-with melody notes, chord names, and fret diagrams.
+For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along with
+melody notes, chord names and fret diagrams.
+
"
doctitle = "Guitar strum rhythms"
} % begin verbatim
-
\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
<<
\new ChordNames {
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, percussion"
doctitle = "Heavily customized polymetric time signatures"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(define plus (markup #:vcenter "+"))
#(define ((custom-time-signature one two three four five six
seven eight nine ten eleven num) grob)
(#:column (eight num)) plus
(#:column (nine num)) plus
(#:column (ten num)) plus
- (#:column (eleven num))))
- )))
+ (#:column (eleven num)))))))
melody = \relative c'' {
\set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bb Sop."
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Los cambios de dinámica con estilo de texto (como cresc. y dim.)
se imprimen con una línea intermitente que muestra su alcance.
"
doctitlees = "Ocultar la línea de extensión de las expresiones textuales de dinámica"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Dynamik-Texte (wie cresc. und dim.) werden mit einer gestrichelten Linie
gesetzt, die ihre Dauer anzeigt. Diese Linie kann auf foldenge Weise
\crescTextCresc
c1\< | d | b | c\!
}
+
} % begin verbatim
\header { title = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics" }
-\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
+\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
% Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value
-% Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \dynamicDown etc. will have no effect
+% Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \dynamicDown
+% etc. will have no effect
semppMarkup = \markup { \halign #1.4 \italic "sempre" \dynamic "pp" }
-% Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \once\override ... #'X-offset = ..
-% Drawback: \once\override needed for every invocation
-semppK = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
-
-% Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to the correct position
+% Solution 2: Using a dynamic script & shifting with
+% \once \override ... #'X-offset = ..
+% Drawback: \once \override needed for every invocation
+semppK =
+#(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup #:line
+ (#:normal-text
+ #:italic "sempre"
+ #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+% Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment
+% puts it at the correct position
% Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there
-semppT = #(
- make-dynamic-script (
- markup #:line (
- #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp" #:hspace 7.1
- )
- )
-)
+semppT =
+#(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup #:line
+ (#:normal-text
+ #:italic "sempre"
+ #:dynamic "pp"
+ #:hspace 7.1)))
% Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0
-% Drawback: To lilypond "sempre" has no extent, so it might put other stuff there => collisions
-% Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the
+% Drawback: To lilypond "sempre" has no extent, so it might put
+% other stuff there => collisions
+% Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the
% same alignment as without the additional text
-semppM = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line( #:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0) #:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+semppM =
+#(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup #:line (#:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0)
+ #:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
% Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function
-semppG = #(make-dynamic-script
+semppG =
+#(make-dynamic-script
(markup
- #:hspace 0 #:translate (cons -18.85 0 )
- #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp"))
-)
+ #:hspace 0 #:translate '(-18.85 . 0)
+ #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
% Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one sets X-offset!
% Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!
% Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the center of pp
-semppMII = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line(#:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
-
+semppMII =
+#(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line(#:right-align
+ #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
\context StaffGroup <<
- \context Staff="s" << \set Staff.instrumentName = "Normal"
- \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\pp c\p c c | c\ff c c\pp c }
+ \context Staff = "s" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Normal"
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ c4\pp c\p c c | c\ff c c\pp c
+ }
>>
- \context Staff="sMarkup" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Normal" "Markup"}
- \relative c'' { \key es \major c4-\semppMarkup c\p c c | c\ff c c-\semppMarkup c}
+ \context Staff = "sMarkup" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \column { Normal markup }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ c4-\semppMarkup c\p c c | c\ff c c-\semppMarkup c
+ }
>>
- \context Staff="sK" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Explicit" "shifting"}
- \relative c'' { \key es \major
- \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2 c4\semppK c\p c c |
- c\ff c \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2 c\semppK c }
+ \context Staff = "sK" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \column { Explicit shifting }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2
+ c4\semppK c\p c c
+ c4\ff c
+ \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2
+ c4\semppK c
+ }
>>
- \context Staff="sT" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Right" "padding"}
- \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppT c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppT c }
+ \context Staff = "sT" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \column { Right padding }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ c4\semppT c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppT c
+ }
>>
- \context Staff="sM" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Setting" "dimension" "to zero"}
- \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppM c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppM c }
+ \context Staff = "sM" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \column { Setting dimension "to zero" }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ c4\semppM c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppM c
+ }
>>
- \context Staff="sG" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Shifting" "inside" "dynamics"}
- \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppG c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppG c}
+ \context Staff = "sG" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \column { Shifting inside dynamics }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ c4\semppG c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppG c
+ }
+ >>
+ \context Staff = "sMII" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \column { Alignment inside dynamics }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key es \major
+ % Setting to ##f (false) gives the same result
+ \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #0
+ c4\semppMII c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppMII c
+ }
>>
- \context Staff="sMII" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Alignment" "inside" "dynamics"}
- \relative c'' { \key es \major
- \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #0 % Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul
- c4\semppMII c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppMII c }
- >>
>>
-
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
Los «incipit» se pueden escribir utilizando el grob del nombre del
instruemento, pero manteniendo independientes las definiciones del
doctitlees = "Incipit"
- lsrtags = "staff-notation,ancient-notation"
- texidoc = "Incipits can be added using the instrument name grob, but
-keeping separate the instrument name definition and the incipit definition."
+ texidoc = "
+Incipits can be added using the instrument name grob, but keeping
+separate the instrument name definition and the incipit definition.
+
+"
doctitle = "Incipit"
} % begin verbatim
-
incipit =
#(define-music-function (parser location incipit-music) (ly:music?)
#{
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e968d89055d045a29276db76970570f30ccc917e
texidoces = "
Un corchete de arpegio puede indicar que se tienen que tocadr con la
misma mano notas que están en dos pentagramas distintos. Para hacerlo,
}
}
>>
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a71dfe75d190e18a075443575d71140173829504
texidoces = "
Las marcas de cesura se pueden crear sobreescribiendo la propiedad
@code{'text} del objeto @code{BreathingSign}. También está disponible
"
doctitlede = "Eine Zäsur einfügen"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
-Caesura marks can be created by overriding the @code{'text}
-property of the @code{BreathingSign} object. A curved caesura
-mark is also available.
+Caesura marks can be created by overriding the @code{'text} property of
+the @code{BreathingSign} object. A curved caesura mark is also
+available.
+
"
doctitle = "Inserting a caesura"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\override BreathingSign #'text = \markup {
\musicglyph #"scripts.caesura.straight"
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: da84f4caeafed6832152295e67ae852a9930f568
texidoces = "
También se pueden imprimir símbolos de porcentaje sueltos. Esto se
hace introduciendo un silencio multicompás con una función de
"
doctitlees = "Símbolos de porcentaje sueltos"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Isolierte Prozentwiederholungen können auch ausgegeben werden. Das wird
erreicht, indem man eine Ganztaktpause notiert und ihre Ausgabeform
\override MultiMeasureRest #'thickness = #0.48
R1
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, fretted-strings, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
Ésta es una plantilla bastante avanzada, para un conjunto de
jazz. Observe que la notación de todos los instrumentos está en
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla para combo de jazz"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Hier ist ein ziemlich kompliziertes Beispiel für ein Jazz-Ensemble. Achtung:
Alle Instrumente sind in @code{\key c \major} (C-Dur) notiert. Das bezieht sich
\midi { }
}
+
(-1 . ,UP))
<c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation,fretted-strings"
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, fretted-strings"
- texidoc = "Tablature can be formatted using letters instead of
-numbers."
+ texidoc = "
+Tablature can be formatted using letters instead of numbers.
+
+"
doctitle = "Letter tablature formatting"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(define (letter-tablature-format str context event)
- (let*
- ((tuning (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
- (pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch)))
+ (let ((tuning (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
+ (pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch)))
(make-whiteout-markup
(make-vcenter-markup
(string (integer->char
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Se pueden aplicar puntas de flecha a los elementos de extensión de
texto y de línea (como el Glissando).
"
doctitlees = "Puntas de flecha para las líneas"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
- texidoc = "Arrows can be applied to text-spanners and line-spanners
-(such as the Glissando)."
+ texidoc = "
+Arrows can be applied to text-spanners and line-spanners (such as the
+Glissando).
+
+"
doctitle = "Line arrows"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\override TextSpanner #'bound-padding = #1.0
\override TextSpanner #'style = #'line
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b206eff0a7feaab0001db3cff95f7d3b63b4601
texidoces = "
La alineación horizontal de la letra se puede ajustar sobreescribiendo
la propiedad @code{self-alignment-X} del objeto @code{LyricText}.
\once \override LyricText #'self-alignment-X = #1
"This is right-aligned"
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "pitches, world-music"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33d87eaa6928c0242687fc2361e89de854161c1d
texidoces = "
El «Makam» es un tipo de melodía de Turquía que
-utiliza alteraciones microtonales de 1/9 de tono. Consulte el
+utiliza intervalos microtonales de 1/9 de tono. Consulte el
archivo de inicio @code{makam.ly} (véase el 'Manual de
aprendizaje @version{}, 4.6.3 Otras fuentes de información' para
averiguar la situación de este archivo) para ver detalles de los
nombres de las notas y las alteraciones.
"
- doctitlees = "Ejemplo de «Makam»"
+ doctitlees = "El «Makam»"
%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
doctitlede = "Makam-Beispiel"
- lsrtags = "pitches,world-music"
- texidoc = "Makam is a type of melody from Turkey using 1/9th-tone
-microtonal alterations. Consult the initialization file
-@code{makam.ly} (see the `Learning Manual @version{},
-4.6.3 Other sources of information' for the location of this file)
-for details of pitch names and alterations."
+ texidoc = "
+Makam is a type of melody from Turkey using 1/9th-tone microtonal
+alterations. Consult the initialization file @samp{ly/makam.ly} for
+details of pitch names and alterations.
+
+"
doctitle = "Makam example"
} % begin verbatim
-
% Initialize makam settings
\include "makam.ly"
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
texidoc = "
-Setting the @code{'transparent} property will cause an object to be
+Setting the @code{transparent} property will cause an object to be
printed in \"invisible ink\": the object is not printed, but all its
other behavior is retained. The object still takes up space, it takes
part in collisions, and slurs, ties and beams can be attached to it.
+
This snippet demonstrates how to connect different voices using ties.
Normally, ties only connect two notes in the same voice. By
introducing a tie in a different voice, and blanking the first up-stem
-in that voice, the tie appears to cross voices. To prevent the blanked stem's
-flag from interfering with tie positioning, the stem is extended.
+in that voice, the tie appears to cross voices.
+
"
- doctitle = "Making an object invisible with the transparent property"
+ doctitle = "Making an object invisible with the 'transparent property"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\time 2/4
<<
\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las ligaduras de expresión se pueden construir con patrones de
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Se puede engrosar una línea del pentagrama con fines pedagógicos
(p.ej. la tercera línea o la de la clave de Sol). Esto se puede
"
doctitlees = "Hacer unas líneas del pentagrama más gruesas que las otras"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Für den pädagogischen Einsatz kann eine Linie des Notensystems dicker
gezeichnet werden (z. B. die Mittellinie, oder um den Schlüssel hervorzuheben).
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
d'4 e' f' g'
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
-This example shows how to put crosses on stems. Mark the beginning
-of a spoken section with the @code{\\speakOn} keyword, and end it
-with the @code{\\speakOff} keyword.
+This example shows how to put crosses on stems. Mark the beginning of
+a spoken section with the @code{\\speakOn} keyword, and end it with the
+@code{\\speakOff} keyword.
+
"
doctitle = "Marking notes of spoken parts with a cross on the stem"
} % begin verbatim
-
speakOn = {
\override Stem #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
(let* ((x-parent (ly:grob-parent grob X))
}
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
- texidoc = "Text that can spread over pages is entered with the
-@code{\\markuplines} command."
+
+ texidoc = "
+Text that can spread over pages is entered with the
+@code{\\markuplines} command.
+
+"
doctitle = "Markup lines"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
#(define-markup-list-command (paragraph layout props args) (markup-list?)
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats, staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 55ea64f469d9c1703222654c9e5bc8490b04a67a
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código proporciona una solución alternativa a la
producción de contadores de compás utilizando repeticiones
\repeat percent 4 { s1 }
}
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
La disposición «mensurstriche» en que las líneas divisorias no
están dibujadas sobre los pentagramas, sino entre ellos, se puede
doctitlees = "Disposición Mensurstriche (líneas divisorias entre pentagramas)"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Das Mensurstiche-Layout, in welchem die Taktlinien nicht auf den Systemen,
sondern zwischen den Systemen gesetzt werden, kann mit einer @code{StaffGroup}
\new Staff { << \global { c c } >> }
>>
}
+
changing-midi-output-to-one-channel-per-voice.ly
+changing-the-tempo-without-a-metronome-mark.ly
demo-midiinstruments.ly
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, fretted-strings"
doctitle = "Modern TAB text clef"
} % begin verbatim
-
TAB = \markup {
\raise #1.5
\sans
\bold
\huge
\override #'(baseline-skip . 2.5)
+ \left-align
\center-column {
T
A
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Las abreviaturas se encuentran definidas dentro del archivo
@code{ly/script-init.ly}, donde las variables @code{dashHat},
"
doctitlees = "Modificar los valores predeterminados para la notación abreviada de las articulaciones"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Abkürzungen sind in der Datei @samp{ly/script-init.ly} definiert, wo
den Variablen @code{dashHat}, @code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash},
\relative c'' { c1-+ }
dashPlus = "trill"
\relative c'' { c1-+ }
+
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
-texidoces = "
-Los elementos de marcado aplicados a un silencio multicompás se
-centran encima o debajo de éste. Los elementos de marcado extensos
-que se adjuntan a silencios multicompás no producen la expansión del
-compás. Para expandir un silencio multicompás de forma que quepa todo
-el marcado, utilice un silencio de separación con un marcado aplicado
-antes del silencio multicompás.
-
-Observe que el silencio separador produce la inserción de un compás.
-El texto aplicado a un siencio sparador de esta forma se alinea por la
-izquierda a la posición en que la nota estaría situada dentro del
-compás, pero si la longitud del compás está determinada por la
-longitud del texto, éste aparecerá centrado.
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Marcado de silencios multicompás"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
- texidocde = "Textbeschriftungen, die an Mehrtaktpausen gehängt wird,
-wird über oder unter der Pause zentriert. Lange Beschriftungen
-lassen den Takt nicht breiter werden. Um eine Mehrtaktpause einer
-Beschriftung anzupassen, muss eine unsichtbare Pause mit der
-Beschriftung direkt vor der Mehrtkatpause eingesetzt werden.
-
-Man sollte beachten, dass unsichtbare Pausen automatische Taktstriche
-nach sich ziehen. Text, der an eine unsichtbare Pause gehänt wird,
-ist links ausgerichtet an der Position, wo die Pause erscheinen
-würde. Wenn aber die Länge des Taktes durch die Länge des Textes
-bestimmt wird, sieht es so aus, als ob der Text zentriert gesetzt
-ist."
-
- doctitlede = "Textbeschriftung und Mehrtaktpausen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque du texte est attaché à un silence multi-mesures, il sera centré
-dans la mesure, au-dessus ou en dessous de la portée. Afin d'étirer la
-mesure dans le cas ou ce texte est relativement long, il suffit
-d'insérer un silence invisible auquel on attache le texte en question,
-avant le silence multi-mesures.
-
-Rappelez-vous qu'un silence invisible génère une barre de mesure. Le
-texte attaché à ce silence invisible sera alors aligné sur la gauche de
-là où serait positionnée la note. Cependant, si la taille de la mesure
-est déterminée par la longueur du texte, il apparaîtra comme centré.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de texte à un silence multi-mesures"
-
- lsrtags = "rhythms, text"
- texidoc = "Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be
-centered above or below it. Long markups attached to multi-measure
-rests do not cause the measure to expand. To expand a multi-measure
-rest to fit the markup, use a spacer rest with an attached markup
-before the multi-measure rest.
-
-Note that the spacer rest causes a bar line to be inserted. Text attached
-to a spacer rest in this way is left-aligned to the position where
-the note would be placed in the measure, but if the measure length is
-determined by the length of the text, the text will appear to be
-centered."
- doctitle = "Multi-measure rest markup"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-
-\relative c' {
- \compressFullBarRests
- \textLengthOn
- s1*0^\markup { [MAJOR GENERAL] }
- R1*19
- s1*0_\markup { \italic { Cue: ... it is yours } }
- s1*0^\markup { A }
- R1*30^\markup { [MABEL] }
- \textLengthOff
- c4^\markup { CHORUS } d f c
-}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, text"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a041509cb268bc38f6491a33fdeabae91ed6de67
+texidoces = "
+Los elementos de marcado aplicados a un silencio multicompás se
+centran encima o debajo de éste. Los elementos de marcado extensos
+que se adjuntan a silencios multicompás no producen la expansión del
+compás. Para expandir un silencio multicompás de forma que quepa todo
+el marcado, utilice un silencio de separación con un marcado aplicado
+antes del silencio multicompás.
+
+Observe que el silencio separador produce la inserción de un compás.
+El texto aplicado a un siencio sparador de esta forma se alinea por la
+izquierda a la posición en que la nota estaría situada dentro del
+compás, pero si la longitud del compás está determinada por la
+longitud del texto, éste aparecerá centrado.
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Marcado de silencios multicompás"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+ texidocde = "Textbeschriftungen, die an Mehrtaktpausen gehängt wird,
+wird über oder unter der Pause zentriert. Lange Beschriftungen
+lassen den Takt nicht breiter werden. Um eine Mehrtaktpause einer
+Beschriftung anzupassen, muss eine unsichtbare Pause mit der
+Beschriftung direkt vor der Mehrtkatpause eingesetzt werden.
+
+Man sollte beachten, dass unsichtbare Pausen automatische Taktstriche
+nach sich ziehen. Text, der an eine unsichtbare Pause gehänt wird,
+ist links ausgerichtet an der Position, wo die Pause erscheinen
+würde. Wenn aber die Länge des Taktes durch die Länge des Textes
+bestimmt wird, sieht es so aus, als ob der Text zentriert gesetzt
+ist."
+
+ doctitlede = "Textbeschriftung und Mehrtaktpausen"
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
+ texidocfr = "
+Lorsque du texte est attaché à un silence multi-mesures, il sera centré
+dans la mesure, au-dessus ou en dessous de la portée. Afin d'étirer la
+mesure dans le cas ou ce texte est relativement long, il suffit
+d'insérer un silence invisible auquel on attache le texte en question,
+avant le silence multi-mesures.
+
+Rappelez-vous qu'un silence invisible génère une barre de mesure. Le
+texte attaché à ce silence invisible sera alors aligné sur la gauche de
+là où serait positionnée la note. Cependant, si la taille de la mesure
+est déterminée par la longueur du texte, il apparaîtra comme centré.
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Ajout de texte à un silence multi-mesures"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be centered above or
+below it. Long markups attached to multi-measure rests do not cause
+the measure to expand. To expand a multi-measure rest to fit the
+markup, use a spacer rest with an attached markup before the
+multi-measure rest.
+
+<p>Note that the spacer rest causes a bar line to be inserted. Text
+attached to a spacer rest in this way is left-aligned to the position
+where the note would be placed in the measure, but if the measure
+length is determined by the length of the text, the text will appear to
+be centered.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Multi-measure rest markup"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c' {
+ \compressFullBarRests
+ \textLengthOn
+ s1*0^\markup { [MAJOR GENERAL] }
+ R1*19
+ s1*0_\markup { \italic { Cue: ... it is yours } }
+ s1*0^\markup { A }
+ R1*30^\markup { [MABEL] }
+ \textLengthOff
+ c4^\markup { CHORUS } d f c
+}
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Se puede utilizar la propiedad
@code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} para crear grupos de
"
doctitlees = "Anidado de grupos de pentagramas"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Eigenschaft @code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} kann eingesetzt
werden, um komplizierte geschachtelte Systemklammern zu erstellen. Der
\new Staff { c1 }
\new Staff { c1 }
>>
+
\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
LilyPond también proporciona funciones de formato para imprimir
números de grupo especial diferentes a la propia fracción, así
\relative c'' {
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-denominator-text 7)
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-denominator-text 7)
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7)
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7)
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
\once \override TupletNumber #'text =
- #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper (tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7) "8")
+ #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
+ (tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7) "8")
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text "4")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
+ tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text "4")
\times 2/3 { c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text "4")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
+ tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text "4")
\times 2/3 { c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::fraction-with-notes "4." "8")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::fraction-with-notes "4." "8")
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::non-default-fraction-with-notes 12 "8" 4 "4")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::non-default-fraction-with-notes 12 "8" 4 "4")
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
%% Note: this file works from version 2.13.0
-\version "2.13.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
texidoces = "
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "template"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 632d908ee4b36bc84b6f3b15e392040dc9b10dbb
+ texidoces = "
+
+Esta plantilla muestra el uso de contextos @code{StaffGroup} y
+@code{GrandStaff} anidados para sub-agrupar instrumentos del mismo
+tipo, y el uso de @code{\\transpose} para los instrumentos
+transpositores. Toda la música que está dentro de variables se
+almacena en Do. La música se puede introducir en Do, o (de forma
+alternativa) escribirse en el tono del instrumento y transportada
+a Do antes de ser asignada a una variable.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano"
+
+ texidoc = "
+This template demonstrates the use of nested @code{StaffGroup} and
+@code{GrandStaff} contexts to sub-group instruments of the same type
+together, and the use of @code{\\transpose} for transposing
+instruments. All music in variables is stored in C. Music may be
+entered in C or, alternatively, entered in the instrument key and
+transposed to C before being assigned to a variable.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Orchestra, choir and piano template"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+#(set-global-staff-size 17)
+
+\paper {
+ indent = 3.0\cm
+ short-indent = 1.5\cm
+}
+
+fluteMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
+oboeMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
+clarinetMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
+bassoonMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key c \major c1 d }
+trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c''1 d }
+tromboneMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
+hornIMusic = \relative c { c'1 d }
+hornIIMusic = \relative c { c1 d }
+percussionMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
+sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key c \major c1 d }
+sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Sop -- ra }
+altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
+altoILyrics = \lyricmode { A -- one }
+altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
+altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { A -- two }
+tenorMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
+tenorLyrics = \lyricmode { Ten -- or }
+pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
+pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
+violinIMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
+violinIIMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
+violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key c \major c'1 d }
+celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key c \major c1 d }
+bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key c \major c,1 d }
+
+\score {
+ \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_score" <<
+ \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
+ \new Staff = "Staff_flute" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Flute"
+ \fluteMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_oboe" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Oboe"
+ \oboeMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat }
+ \transposition bes
+ \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_bassoon" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bassoon"
+ \bassoonMusic
+ }
+ >>
+ \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
+ \new GrandStaff <<
+ \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Horn I"
+ \transposition f
+ \transpose f c' \hornIMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_hornII" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Horn II"
+ \clef bass
+ \transposition f'
+ \transpose f c \hornIIMusic
+ }
+ >>
+ \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Trumpet in C"
+ \trumpetMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_trombone" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Trombone"
+ \clef bass
+ \tromboneMusic
+ }
+ >>
+ \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" <<
+ \set RhythmicStaff.instrumentName = #"Percussion"
+ \percussionMusic
+ >>
+ \new PianoStaff <<
+ \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = #"Piano"
+ \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef bass
+ \pianoLHMusic
+ }
+ >>
+ \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
+ \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Soprano"
+ \new Voice = "soprano"
+ \sopranoMusic
+ }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }
+ \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with { \accepts Lyrics } <<
+ \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Alto I"
+ \new Voice = "altoI"
+ \altoIMusic
+ }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Alto II"
+ \new Voice = "altoII"
+ \altoIIMusic
+ }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
+ >>
+ \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Tenor"
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ \new Voice = "tenor"
+ \tenorMusic
+ }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
+ >>
+ \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
+ \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
+ \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Violin I"
+ \violinIMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Violin II"
+ \violinIIMusic
+ }
+ >>
+ \new Staff = "Staff_viola" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Viola"
+ \violaMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_cello" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Cello"
+ \celloMusic
+ }
+ \new Staff = "Staff_bass" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Double Bass"
+ \bassMusic
+ }
+ >>
+ >>
+}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- texidoces = "
-
-Esta plantilla muestra el uso de contextos @code{StaffGroup} y
-@code{GrandStaff} anidados para sub-agrupar instrumentos del mismo
-tipo, y el uso de @code{\\transpose} para los instrumentos
-transpositores. Toda la música que está dentro de variables se
-almacena en Do. La música se puede introducir en Do, o (de forma
-alternativa) escribirse en el tono del instrumento y transportada
-a Do antes de ser asignada a una variable.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano"
-
- lsrtags = "template"
- texidoc = "
-This template demonstrates the use of nested @code{StaffGroup}
-and @code{GrandStaff} contexts to sub-group instruments of the same
-type together, and the use of @code{\\transpose} for transposing
-instruments. All music in variables is stored in C. Music may be
-entered in C or, alternatively, entered in the instrument key and
-transposed to C before being assigned to a variable.
-"
- doctitle = "Orchestra, choir and piano template"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-
-#(set-global-staff-size 17)
-
-\paper {
- indent = 3.0\cm
- short-indent = 1.5\cm
-}
-
-fluteMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-oboeMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-clarinetMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-bassoonMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key c \major c1 d }
-trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c''1 d }
-tromboneMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
-hornIMusic = \relative c { c'1 d }
-hornIIMusic = \relative c { c1 d }
-percussionMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
-sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key c \major c1 d }
-sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Sop -- ra }
-altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
-altoILyrics = \lyricmode { A -- one }
-altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
-altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { A -- two }
-tenorMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
-tenorLyrics = \lyricmode { Ten -- or }
-pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
-violinIMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-violinIIMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key c \major c'1 d }
-celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key c \major c1 d }
-bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key c \major c,1 d }
-
-\score {
- \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_score" <<
- \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_flute" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Flute"
- \fluteMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_oboe" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Oboe"
- \oboeMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat }
- \transposition bes
- \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_bassoon" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bassoon"
- \bassoonMusic
- }
- >>
- \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
- \new GrandStaff <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Horn I"
- \transposition f
- \transpose f c' \hornIMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_hornII" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Horn II"
- \clef bass
- \transposition f'
- \transpose f c \hornIIMusic
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Trumpet in C"
- \trumpetMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_trombone" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Trombone"
- \clef bass
- \tromboneMusic
- }
- >>
- \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" <<
- \set RhythmicStaff.instrumentName = #"Percussion"
- \percussionMusic
- >>
- \new PianoStaff <<
- \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = #"Piano"
- \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
- \new Staff {
- \clef bass
- \pianoLHMusic
- }
- >>
- \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Soprano"
- \new Voice = "soprano"
- \sopranoMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }
- \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with { \accepts Lyrics } <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Alto I"
- \new Voice = "altoI"
- \altoIMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
- \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Alto II"
- \new Voice = "altoII"
- \altoIIMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
- >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Tenor"
- \clef "treble_8"
- \new Voice = "tenor"
- \tenorMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
- >>
- \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
- \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Violin I"
- \violinIMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Violin II"
- \violinIIMusic
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_viola" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Viola"
- \violaMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_cello" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Cello"
- \celloMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_bass" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Double Bass"
- \bassMusic
- }
- >>
- >>
-}
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- texidoces = "
-Internamente, @code{\\ottava} establece las propiedades
-@code{ottavation} (por ejemplo, a @code{\"8va\"} o a
-@code{\"8vb\"}) y @code{middleCPosition}. Para sobreescribir el
-texto del corchete, ajuste @code{ottavation} después de invocar la
-instrucción @code{\\ottava}.
+ lsrtags = "pitches, text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 674a5f874c07063ae56d55be25c55fc3b4bdb7bf
+ texidoces = "
+Internamente, la función @code{set-octavation} establece las
+propiedades @code{ottavation} (por ejemplo, a @code{\"8va\"} o a
+@code{\"8vb\"}) y @code{middleCPosition}. Para sobreescribir el texto
+del corchete, ajuste @code{ottavation} despues de invocar a
+@code{set-octavation}.
"
-
doctitlees = "Texto de octava alta y baja"
%% Translation of GIT committish: e75f1604a1b866c853dee42dbffcb7800c706a5f
doctitlede = "Ottava-Text"
- lsrtags = "pitches, text"
texidoc = "
-Internally, @code{\\ottava} sets the properties @code{ottavation}
-(for example, to @code{\"8va\"} or @code{\"8vb\"}) and
+Internally, @code{\\ottava} sets the properties @code{ottavation} (for
+example, to @code{\"8va\"} or @code{\"8vb\"}) and
@code{middleCPosition}. To override the text of the bracket, set
@code{ottavation} after invoking @code{\\ottava}.
+
"
doctitle = "Ottava text"
} % begin verbatim
-
{
\ottava #1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
\set Staff.ottavation = #"Text"
c''1
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
lsrtags = "spacing"
- texidoc = "Page labels may be placed inside music or at top-level,
-and referred to in markups."
+
+ texidoc = "
+Page labels may be placed inside music or at top-level, and referred to
+in markups.
+
+"
doctitle = "Page label"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
#(define-markup-command (toc-line layout props label text)
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 43774ddb81b9017802da04ba2862cae4586935b2
texidoces = "
Se pueden mostrar los contadores de las repeticiones del tipo
porcentaje a intervalos regulares mediante el establecimiento de
"
doctitlede = "Sichtbarkeit von Prozent-Wiederholungen"
- lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Percent repeat counters can be shown at regular intervals by setting
the context property @code{repeatCountVisibility}.
+
"
doctitle = "Percent repeat count visibility"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\set countPercentRepeats = ##t
\set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 5)
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: da84f4caeafed6832152295e67ae852a9930f568
texidoces = "
Las repeticiones de compases completos mayores de dos repeticiones
pueden llevar un contador si se activa la propiedad adecuada, como se
"
doctitlees = "Percent repeat counter"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Ganztaktwiederholungen mit mehr als zwei Wiederholungen erhalten einen
Zähler, wenn man die entsprechende Eigenschaft einsetzt:
\set countPercentRepeats = ##t
\repeat percent 4 { c1 }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 3644a70508f73e9204837cb07430225e55bd38f6
doctitlees = "Permitir saltos de línea dentro de grupos especiales con barra"
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo artificial muestra cómo se pueden permitir tanto los
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Dieses künstliche Beispiel zeigt, wie sowohl automatische als auch
manuelle Zeilenumbrüche innerhalb einer N-tole mit Balken erlaubt
doctitlede = "Zeilenumbrüche bei N-tolen mit Balken erlauben"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
Cet exemple peu académique démontre comment il est possible d'insérer un saut
de ligne dans un nolet portant une ligature. Ces ligatures doivent toutefois
\repeat unfold 5 { \times 2/3 { c[ b a] } }
c8
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
Presentamos a continuación una plantilla de piano sencilla con algunas
notas.
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano (sencilla)"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Hier ein einfaches Klaviersystem.
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, keyboards, template"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Muchas partituras de piano tienen las indicaciones dinámicas
centradas entre los dos pentagramas. Esto requiere un poco de
う必要はありません。
"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks,keyboards,template"
texidoc = "
Many piano scores have the dynamics centered between the two staves.
This requires a bit of tweaking to implement, but since the template is
right here, you don't have to do the tweaking yourself.
+
"
doctitle = "Piano template with centered dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
-
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
\score {
\new PianoStaff = "PianoStaff_pf" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_pfUpper" \upper
+ \new Staff = "Staff_pfUpper" << \global \upper >>
\new Dynamics = "Dynamics_pf" \dynamics
- \new Staff = "Staff_pfLower" << \lower >>
+ \new Staff = "Staff_pfLower" << \global \lower >>
\new Dynamics = "pedal" \pedal
>>
\header {
lsrtags = "text, keyboards, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
En lugar de tener un pentagrama dedicado a la melodía y la letra, ésta
se puede centrar entre los pentagramas de un sistema de piano.
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con letra centrada"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Anstatt ein eigenes System für Melodie und Text zu schreiben, können
Sie den Text auch zwischen die beiden Klaviersysteme schreiben
(und damit das zusätzliche System für die Gesangstimme auslassen).
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
旋律と歌詞のための譜表を持つ代わりに、歌詞をピアノ譜の 2 つの譜の間に置くことができます。
"
}
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, keyboards, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
He aquí el típico formato dde una canción: un pentagrama con la
melodía y la letra, y el acompañamiento de piano por debajo.
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con melodía y letra"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Das nächste Beispiel ist typisch für ein Lied: Im oberen System die
Melodie mit Text, darunter Klavierbegleitung.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
これは一般的な歌曲のフォーマットです: 旋律と歌詞を持つ譜表と、その下にピアノ伴奏譜があります。
"
}
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
texidoces = "
Es posible ejercer un mayor control sobre la colocación de las
digitaciones de la mano derecha estableciendo el valor de una
"
doctitlefr = "Positionnement des doigtés main droite"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 33f623301a41fcc53efadf96bca1c72834763415
texidocde = "
Man kann die Positionierung von Fingersatz der rechten Hand besser
kontrollieren, wenn eine bestimmte Eigenschaft gesetzt wird, wie
\set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(left)
<c-\RH #1 e-\RH #2 g-\RH #3 c-\RH #4 >2
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
texidoces = "
La polifonía se crea de la misma forma en un @code{TabStaff} que
en una pauta normal.
>>
>>
}
+
<c-1 d-\tweak #'extra-offset #'(-1.2 . 0)-2 a'-5>4
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Al establecer la propiedad @code{'strict-grace-spacing} hacemos
doctitlees = "Posicionamiento de las notas de adorno con espacio flotante"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
+ texidocde = "
+Wenn man die Eigenschaft @code{'strict-grace-spacing} aktiviert,
+werden die Verzierungsnoten \"fließend\" gemacht, d.h. sie sind
+von den normalen Noten los gekoppelt: Zuerst werden die normalen
+Noten platziert, dann erst die Verzierungen links von der
+Hauptnote gesetzt.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Positionierung von Verzierungen mit verschiebbarem Platz"
+
texidoc = "
Setting the property @code{'strict-grace-spacing} makes the musical
columns for grace notes 'floating', i.e., decoupled from the non-grace
}
>>
}
+
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
-
- doctitlees = "Posicionar los silencios multicompás"
- texidoces = "
-A diferencia de los silencios normales, no existe una instrucción
-predefinida para modificar la posición predeterminada de un
-símbolo de silencio multicompás sobre el pentagrama, adjuntándolo
-a una nota, independientemente de cuál sea su forma. Sin embargo,
-en la música polifónica los silencios multicompás de las voces de
-numeración par e impar están separados verticalmente. La
-colocación de los silencios multicompás se puede controlar como se
-ve a continuación:
-
-"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
-
-texidocde = "
-Anders als bei normalen Pausen gibt es keinen direkten Befehl, um die
-vertikale Position von Ganztaktpausen zu beeinflussen, indem man sie an
-eine Tonhöhe anhängt. In polyphoner Notation wird aber dennoch die
-Position der Pausen von geraden und ungeraden Stimmen voneinander
-unterschieden. Die Position von Ganztaktpausen kann wie folgt verändert
-werden:
- "
- doctitlede = "Positionierung von Ganztaktpausen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
- texidocfr = "
-Si l'on peut positionner verticalement un silence simple en le
-rattachant à une note, il n'en va pas de même pur un silence
-multi-mesure. Néanmoins, et uniquement dans le cadre de musique
-polyphonique, les silences multi-mesures sont positionnées différemment
-selon qu'ils appartiennent à une voix au numéro pair ou impair. Le
-positionnement des silences multi-mesures peut se contrôler ainsi :
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement des silences multi-mesures"
-
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-Unlike ordinary rests, there is no predefined command
-to change the staff position of a multi-measure
-rest symbol of either form by attaching it to a note. However,
-in polyphonic music multi-measure rests in odd-numbered and
-even-numbered voices are vertically separated. The positioning
-of multi-measure rests can be controlled as follows:
- "
- doctitle = "Positioning multi-measure rests"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-
-\relative c'' {
- % Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line
- R1
- % They can be moved with an override
- \override MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position = #-2
- R1
- % A value of 0 is the default position;
- % the following trick moves the rest to the center line
- \override MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position = #-0.01
- R1
- % Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line
- << { R1 } \\ { a1 } >>
- % Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line
- << { c1 } \\ { R1 } >>
- % They remain separated even in empty measures
- << { R1 } \\ { R1 } >>
- % This brings them together even though there are two voices
- \compressFullBarRests
- <<
- \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
- { R1*3 }
- \\
- \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
- { R1*3 }
- >>
-}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a634a20e0ab2a874ff8bf423e5651139df8733fc
+ doctitlees = "Posicionar los silencios multicompás"
+ texidoces = "
+A diferencia de los silencios normales, no existe una instrucción
+predefinida para modificar la posición predefinida de un símbolo
+multicompás sobre el pentagrama, adjuntándolo a una nota,
+independientemente de cuál sea su forma. Sin embargo, en la música
+polifónica los silencios multicompás de las voces de numeración par e
+impar están separados verticalmente. La colocación de los silencios
+multicompás se puede controlar como se ve a continuación:
+
+"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
+
+texidocde = "
+Anders als bei normalen Pausen gibt es keinen direkten Befehl, um die
+vertikale Position von Ganztaktpausen zu beeinflussen, indem man sie an
+eine Tonhöhe anhängt. In polyphoner Notation wird aber dennoch die
+Position der Pausen von geraden und ungeraden Stimmen voneinander
+unterschieden. Die Position von Ganztaktpausen kann wie folgt verändert
+werden:
+ "
+ doctitlede = "Positionierung von Ganztaktpausen"
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
+ texidocfr = "
+Si l'on peut positionner verticalement un silence simple en le
+rattachant à une note, il n'en va pas de même pur un silence
+multi-mesure. Néanmoins, et uniquement dans le cadre de musique
+polyphonique, les silences multi-mesures sont positionnées différemment
+selon qu'ils appartiennent à une voix au numéro pair ou impair. Le
+positionnement des silences multi-mesures peut se contrôler ainsi :
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Positionnement des silences multi-mesures"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Unlike ordinary rests, there is no predefined command to change the
+staff position of a multi-measure rest symbol of either form by
+attaching it to a note. However, in polyphonic music multi-measure
+rests in odd-numbered and even-numbered voices are vertically
+separated. The positioning of multi-measure rests can be controlled as
+follows:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Positioning multi-measure rests"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ % Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line
+ R1
+ % They can be moved with an override
+ \override MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position = #-2
+ R1
+ % A value of 0 is the default position;
+ % the following trick moves the rest to the center line
+ \override MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position = #-0.01
+ R1
+ % Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line
+ << { R1 } \\ { a1 } >>
+ % Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line
+ << { c1 } \\ { R1 } >>
+ % They remain separated even in empty measures
+ << { R1 } \\ { R1 } >>
+ % This brings them together even though there are two voices
+ \compressFullBarRests
+ <<
+ \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
+ { R1*3 }
+ \\
+ \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
+ { R1*3 }
+ >>
+}
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b10de35f895919aec109de6fb1fc84d42ad851b3
texidoces = "
Los elementos de marcado de texto deben tener la propiedad
"
doctitlees = "Situar los elementos de marcado de texto por dentro de las ligaduras"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Textbeschriftung kann innerhalb von Bögen gesetzt werden, wenn die
@code{outside-staff-priority}-Eigenschaft auf falsch gesetzt wird.
c2(^\markup { \halign #-10 \natural } d4.) c8
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 203ab4a7388f36b9c89c66671498dbaefccbf86e
texidocfr = "
En accord avec les règles standards de l'écriture musicale, on grave
un bécarre avant un dièse ou un bémol si on a besoin d'annuler une
altération précédente. Pour modifier ce comportement, assignez la propriété
@code{extraNatural} du contexte @code{Staff} à la valeur @code{##f} (faux).
"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 4866dfd58d5c3a8cab4c6c06d5c4fca8e05a3cd7
doctitlees = "Evitar que se añadan becuadros adicionales automáticamente"
+
texidoces = "
-Según las reglas estándar de composición tipográfica, se imprime un becuadro
-antes de un sostenido o un bemol cuando se tiene que cancelar una alteración anterior
-en la misma nota. Para modificar este comportamiento, establezca el valor de la
-propiedad @code{extraNatural} a @code{##f} (falso) dentro del
-contexto de @code{Staff}.
+Según las reglas estándar de composición
+tipográfica, se imprime un becuadro antes de un sostenido o un
+bemol cuando se tiene que cancelar una alteración anterior en la
+misma nota. Para modificar este comportamiento, establezca el
+valor de la propiedad @code{extraNatural} a @code{##f} (falso)
+dentro del contexto de @code{Staff}.
"
-doctitlede = "Verhindern, dass zusätzliche Auflösungszeichen automatisch
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e75f1604a1b866c853dee42dbffcb7800c706a5f
+ doctitlede = "Verhindern, dass zusätzliche Auflösungszeichen automatisch
hinzugefügt werden"
texidocde = "Den tranditionellen Notensatzregeln zufolge wird ein
\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
aeses4 aes ais a
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 674a5f874c07063ae56d55be25c55fc3b4bdb7bf
doctitlees = "Evitar que se impriman becuadros cuando cambia la armadura"
texidoces = "
Cuando cambia la armadura de la tonalidad, se imprimen becuadros
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e75f1604a1b866c853dee42dbffcb7800c706a5f
doctitlede = "Auflösungzeichen nicht setzen, wenn die Tonart wechselt"
texidocde = "
\key g \minor
a4 bes c d
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: da84f4caeafed6832152295e67ae852a9930f568
texidoces = "
Se puede imprimir una línea divisoria de la forma @code{|:} al
principio de la pieza, sobreescribiendo la propiedad correspondiente:
"
doctitlees = "Imprimir puntos de repetición al prinicpio de la pieza"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Ein @code{|:}-Taktstrich kann auch zu Beginn eines Stückes ausgegeben werden, indem
man die entsprechende Eigenschaft verändert:
d1
d4 e f g
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Se pueden imprimir los números de compás a intervalos regulares
doctitlees = "Imprimir números de compás a intervalos regulares"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
+ texidocde = "
+Taktnummern können in regelmäßigen Intervallen gesetzt werden, indem
+man die Eigenschaft @code{barNumberVisibility} definiert. In diesem
+Beispiel werden die Taktnummern jeden zweiten Takt gesetzt, außer
+am Ende einer Zeile.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Setzen der Taktnummern in regelmäßigen Intevallen"
+
texidoc = "
Bar numbers can be printed at regular intervals by setting the property
@code{barNumberVisibility}. Here the bar numbers are printed every two
\break
c1 | c | c | c | c
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Los números de compás también se pueden imprimir dentro de rectángulos o de circunferencias.
"
doctitlees = "Imprimir números de compás dentro de rectángulos o circunferencias"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
+ texidocde = "
+Taktnummern können auch in Boxen oder Kreisen gesetzt werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Setzen von Taktnummern in Boxen oder Kreisen"
+
texidoc = "
Bar numbers can also be printed inside boxes or circles.
= #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
\repeat unfold 4 { c1 } \bar "|."
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Se pueden imprimir reguladores con un círculo en la punta
(notación «al niente») estableciendo la propiedad
"
doctitlees = "Impresión de reguladores utilizando la notación «al niente»"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Crescendo-Klammern können mit einem kleinen Kreis vor der Spitze
notiert werden (al niente = bis zum Nichts), indem die
c2\< c\!
c4\> c\< c2\!
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e968d89055d045a29276db76970570f30ccc917e
texidoces = "
Las marcas se pueden imprimir al final de la línea actual, en vez de
al comienzo de la línea siguiente. Esto es útil principalmente cuando
"
doctitlees = "Imprimir marcas al final de la línea o de la partitura"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Zeichen können auch am Ende der aktuellen Zeile ausgegeben werden, anstatt
dass sie auf die folgende Zeile verschoben werden. Das ist nüztlich,
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
\mark "D.C. al Fine"
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e968d89055d045a29276db76970570f30ccc917e
texidoces = "
Aunque normalmente las marcas de texto sólo se imprimen sobre el
pentagrama superior, también se pueden imprimir en otro pentagrama
"
doctitlees = "Imprimir marcas en cualquier pentagrama"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Normalerweise werden Textzeichen nur über dem obersten Notensystem gesetzt. Sie
können aber auch über jedem System ausgegeben werden.
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, expressive-marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada, las indicaciones metronómicas y las
letras de ensayo se imprimen encima del pentagrama. Para
doctitlees = "Impresión de indicaciones metronómicas y letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Normalerweise werden Metronom- und Übungszeichen über dem Notensystem ausgegeben.
Um sie unter das System zu setzen, muss die @code{direction}-Eigenschaft
\mark \default
c''1
}
+
\line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.1
-\version "2.12.1"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada se suprime el número del primer compás de
"
doctitlede = "Setzen der Taktnummer für den ersten Takt"
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
-
texidoc = "
-By default, the first bar number in a score is suppressed if it is
-less than or equal to `1'. By setting @code{barNumberVisibility}
-to @code{all-bar-numbers-visible}, any bar number can be printed
-for the first measure and all subsequent measures. Note that an
-empty bar line must be inserted before the first note for this to
-work.
+By default, the first bar number in a score is suppressed if it is less
+than or equal to `1'. By setting @code{barNumberVisibility} to
+@code{all-bar-numbers-visible}, any bar number can be printed for the
+first measure and all subsequent measures. Note that an empty bar line
+must be inserted before the first note for this to work.
"
doctitle = "Printing the bar number for the first measure"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c' {
\set Score.barNumberVisibility = #all-bar-numbers-visible
\bar ""
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 48f804da6794a7bc8e7fdd4b1649f485b0b09d26
texidoces = "
Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la transposición de la fuente
tanto como la del destino. En este ejemplo, todos los
"
doctitlede = "Eine Stimme mit Transposition zitieren"
- lsrtags = "pitches,staff-notation"
- texidoc = "Quotations take into account the transposition of both
-source and target. In this example, all instruments play sounding
-middle C; the target is an instrument in F. The target part may be
-transposed using @code{\\transpose}. In this case, all the pitches
-(including the quoted ones) are transposed.
+ texidoc = "
+Quotations take into account the transposition of both source and
+target. In this example, all instruments play sounding middle C; the
+target is an instrument in F. The target part may be transposed using
+@code{\\transpose}. In this case, all the pitches (including the
+quoted ones) are transposed.
+
"
doctitle = "Quoting another voice with transposition"
} % begin verbatim
-
\addQuote clarinet {
\transposition bes
\repeat unfold 8 { d'16 d' d'8 }
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dcd61338c753205b6f8d549389fcb0d999c3a675
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{quotedEventTypes} determina los tipos de
eventos musicales que resultan citados. El valor predeterminado
doctitlede = "Eine andere Stimme zitieren"
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "The @code{quotedEventTypes} property determines the
-music event types that are quoted. The default value is
-@code{(note-event rest-event)}, which means that only notes and
-rests of the quoted voice appear in the @code{\\quoteDuring}
-expression. In the following example, a 16th rest is not quoted
-since @code{rest-event} is not in @code{quotedEventTypes}."
+ texidoc = "
+The @code{quotedEventTypes} property determines the music event types
+that are quoted. The default value is @code{(note-event rest-event)},
+which means that only notes and rests of the quoted voice appear in the
+@code{\\quoteDuring} expression. In the following example, a 16th rest
+is not quoted since @code{rest-event} is not in
+@code{quotedEventTypes}.
+
+"
doctitle = "Quoting another voice"
} % begin verbatim
-
quoteMe = \relative c' {
fis4 r16 a8.-> b4\ff c
}
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Los valores predeterminados para las notas de adorno están
doctitlees = "Redefinición de los valores globales predeterminados para notas de adorno"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
+ texidocde = "
+Die globalen Standardeinstellungen für Verzierungsnoten werden in
+den Variablen@code{startGraceMusic}, @code{stopGraceMusic},
+@code{startAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic},
+@code{startAppoggiaturaMusic} und @code{stopAppoggiaturaMusic}
+gespeichert, die in der Datei @code{ly/grace-init.ly} definiert
+sind. Wenn man sie umdefiniert, können andere Effekte erreicht
+werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Globale Umdefinition von Verzierungsnoten"
+
texidoc = "
The global defaults for grace notes are stored in the identifiers
@code{startGraceMusic}, @code{stopGraceMusic},
\relative c'' {
\acciaccatura d8 c1
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, contexts-and-engravers"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Se pueden eliminar completamente los números de compás quitando el
doctitlees = "Suprimir los números de compás de toda la partitura"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
+ texidocde = "
+Taktnummern können vollkommen aus den Noten entfernt werden, indem
+man den @code{Bar_number_engraver} aus dem @code{Score}-Kontext
+entfernt.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Entfernung von Taktnummern in einer Partitur"
+
+
+
+
texidoc = "
Bar numbers can be removed entirely by removing the
@code{Bar_number_engraver} from the @code{Score} context.
c4 c c c \break
c4 c c c
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, breaks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dcd61338c753205b6f8d549389fcb0d999c3a675
texidoces = "
El primer pentagrama vacío también se puede suprimir de la
partitura estableciendo la propiedad @code{remove-first} de
"
doctitlees = "Quitar la primera línea vacía"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Ein leeres Notensystem kann auch aus der ersten Zeile einer Partitur
entfernt werden, indem die Eigenschaft @code{remove-first} der
R
}
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a634a20e0ab2a874ff8bf423e5651139df8733fc
doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
texidoces = "
Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6743e7d829e2efe37d5d00133094df664f1960df
doctitlede = "Pausenstile"
texidocde = "
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
Les silences peuvent être gravés selon différents styles.
r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { default }
r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 s128
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
Para tipografiar las barras agrupadas en la forma @code{3-4-3-2}
en 12/8, en primer lugar tenemos que sobreescribir los finales de
"
doctitlees = "Alteración de los finales de barra predeterminados"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Um Balken im 12/8-Takt als @code{3-4-3-2} zu gruppieren, muss man zuerst die
Standardwerte für die Balken im 12/8-Takt rückgängig machen und dann die neuen
"
doctitlede = "Standard-Balkenwerte rückgängig machen"
-
+
texidoc = "
To typeset beams grouped @code{3-4-3-2} in 12/8 it is necessary first
to override the default beam endings in 12/8, and then to set up the
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 10 8)
a8 a a a a a a a a a a a
}
+
-adding-beams,-slurs,-ties-etc.-when-using-tuplet-and-non-tuplet-rythms..ly
+adding-beams,-slurs,-ties-etc.-when-using-tuplet-and-non-tuplet-rhythms.ly
adding-drum-parts.ly
aligning-bar-numbers.ly
automatic-beam-subdivisions.ly
beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly
beams-across-line-breaks.ly
changing-beam-knee-gap.ly
-changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly
-changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
+changing-form-of-multi-measure-rests.ly
changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly
changing-the-tuplet-number.ly
-changing-time-signatures-inside-a-polymetric-section-using-scaledurations.ly
+changing-time-signatures-inside-a-polymetric-section-using--scaledurations.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
compound-time-signatures.ly
conducting-signs,-measure-grouping-signs.ly
manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly
merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly
modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly
-multi--measure-rest-markup.ly
+multi-measure-rest-markup.ly
non-default-tuplet-numbers.ly
permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly
positioning-grace-notes-with-floating-space.ly
-positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly
+positioning-multi-measure-rests.ly
printing-bar-numbers-at-regular-intervals.ly
printing-bar-numbers-inside-boxes-or-circles.ly
printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly
\context Lyrics = "lBassRhytmAboveI" \with {alignAboveContext=staffbass} \lyricsto VoiceBassRhytm \LyricBassRhythmI
>>
%}
+
\new Staff {
\override Score.BreakAlignment #'break-align-orders =
- #'#((left-edge ambitus breathing-sign clef staff-bar key-cancellation key-signature time-signature custos)
- (left-edge ambitus breathing-sign clef key-cancellation staff-bar key-signature staff time-signature custos)
- (left-edge ambitus breathing-sign clef key-cancellation key-signature staff-bar time-signature custos))
+ #'#((left-edge ambitus breathing-sign clef staff-bar
+ key-cancellation key-signature time-signature custos)
+
+ (left-edge ambitus breathing-sign clef key-cancellation
+ staff-bar key-signature time-signature custos)
+
+ (left-edge ambitus breathing-sign clef key-cancellation
+ key-signature staff-bar time-signature custos))
\key des \major
c'1
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Si la nota que da fin a un regulador cae sobre la primera parte de
un compás, el regulador se detiene en la línea divisoria
inmediatamente precedente. Se puede controlar este comportamiento
-sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{'to-barline}.
+sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{to-barline}.
"
doctitlees = "Establecer el comportamiento de los reguladores en las barras de compás"
"
doctitlede = "Das Verhalten von Crescendo-Klammern an Taktlinien beeinflussen"
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
- texidoc = "If the note which ends a hairpin falls on a downbeat,
-the hairpin stops at the bar line immediately preceding. This behavior
-can be controlled by overriding the @code{'to-barline} property.
+ texidoc = "
+If the note which ends a hairpin falls on a downbeat, the hairpin stops
+at the bar line immediately preceding. This behavior can be controlled
+by overriding the @code{'to-barline} property.
+
"
doctitle = "Setting hairpin behavior at bar lines"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
e4\< e2.
e1\!
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Si los reguladores son demasiado cortos, se pueden alargar
modificando la propiedad @code{minimum-length} del objeto
"
doctitlees = "Ajustar la longitud mínima de los reguladores"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Wenn Crescendo-Klammern zu kurz sind, können sie verlängert werden, indem
die @code{minimum-length}-Eigenschaft des @code{Hairpin}-Objektes
\override Hairpin #'minimum-length = #5
<< f1 { s4 s\< s\> s\! } >>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: da84f4caeafed6832152295e67ae852a9930f568
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada, los corchetes de primera y segunda vez se
trazan encima de los finales alternativos completos, pero es posible
"
doctitlees = "Shortening volta brackets"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Volta-Klammern werden normalerweise über alle Noten der Klammer gezogen, aber
es ist möglich sie zu verkürzen. Hierzu muss
{ g4 g g }
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Se pueden imprimir los acordes exclusivamente al comienzo de las
líneas y cuando cambia el acorde.
\relative c' { \harmonies }
}
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Al juntar nombres de acorde en cifrado americano, melodía y letra,
obtenemos una hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet»:
}
\addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>
+
displaying-complex-chords.ly
double-glissando.ly
forcing-horizontal-shift-of-notes.ly
+making-an-object-invisible-with-the-transparent-property.ly
suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, chords, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla facilita la preparación de una canción con melodía,
letra y acordes.
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música, letra y acordes"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Mit diesem Beispiel können Sie einen Song mit Melodie,
Text und Akkorden schreiben.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
これは旋律、単語、コードを持つ歌曲の楽譜のためのテンプレートです。
"
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, chords, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Presentamos a continuación un ejemplo de plantilla para una hoja
guía de acordes con melodía, letra, acordes y diagramas de
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "chords, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
¿Quiere preparar una hoja guía de acordes (o «lead sheet») con
melodía y acordes? ¡No busque más!
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música y acordes"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Wollen Sie ein Liedblatt mit Melodie und Akkorden schreiben? Hier ist
das richtige Beispiel für Sie!
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
旋律とコードを持つリード譜を欲しくはありませんか？他を見る必要はありません！
"
\layout{ }
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
Esta pequeña plantilla muestra una melodía sencilla con letra. Córtela
y péguela, escriba las notas y luego la letra. Este ejemplo desactiva
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único don notas y letra"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Das nächste Beispiel zeigt eine einfache Melodie mit Text. Kopieren
entsprechende Zeile entweder ändern oder auskommentieren.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
この小さなテンプレートは歌詞を持つ簡単な旋律を表しています。カット＆ペーストして、音符@c
を付け加えて、それから歌詞の単語を付け加えてください。この例は自動ビームを off にして@c
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla simple prepara un pentagrama con notas, adecuado para
un instrumento solista o un fragmento melódico. Córtelo y péguelo en
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de un solo pentagrama, con notas únicamente"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Das erste Beispiel zeigt ein Notensystem mit Noten, passend für ein
eine vollständige Notationsdatei.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
これは音符を持つ譜表を提供するとても簡単なテンプレートであり、ソロの楽器や旋律に適しています。@c
これをファイルにカット＆ペーストして、音符を付け加えれば完了です！
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
+
\relative c'' { a4 b c d }
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { a4 "" _ gap }
>>
+
\relative { a'1 a }
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip 1 bla1 }
>>
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, unfretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00fe3d48c0b9f7ba3902bcd8266c3e21d95986ad
doctitlees = "Marca de pizzicato de chasquido (@q{pizzicato de Bartók})"
texidoces = "
El pizzicato de chasquido (también llamado @q{Pizzicato de Bartók}) es un
y colocarla directamente en el archivo de lilypond.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6743e7d829e2efe37d5d00133094df664f1960df
doctitlede = "Bartók-Pizzicato"
texidocde = "
Das Bartók-Pizzicato @q{ist eine besondere Form des Pizzicato, bei dem der
<c' e g>^\snapPizzicato
<c, e g>_\snapPizzicato
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5c26e815f2ed54e6c4d022bac10dcc87a9916a29
texidoces = "
Mediante la especificación del contexto, el efecto de
@code{beatGrouping} puede limitarse al contexto especificado, y
-sobreescribirse los valores establecidos en contextos de niveles
-más altos. Las instruccionees @code{\\set} se deben situar
-@emph{después} de todas las instrucciones @code{\\time}:
-
+sobreescribirse los valores establecidos en contextos de niveles más
+altos:
"
doctitlees = "Especificar el contexto con beatGrouping"
"
doctitlefr = "Spécification du contexte auquel s'appliquera beatGrouping"
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
By specifying the context, the effect of @code{beatGrouping} can be
-limited to the context specified, and the values which may have
-been set in higher-level contexts can be overridden. The
-@code{\\set} commands must be placed @emph{after} all @code{\\time}
-commands:
+limited to the context specified, and the values which may have been
+set in higher-level contexts can be overridden. The @code{\\set}
+commands must be placed after all @code{\\time} commands:
+
"
doctitle = "Specifying context with beatGrouping"
} % begin verbatim
-
\score {
\new Staff <<
\time 7/8
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 07181d48fd1aab2fe558345a23690681c9c4af18
texidoces = "
Los textos independientes se pueden disponer en varias columnas
utilizando instrucciones @code{\\markup}:
"
doctitlees = "Elemento de marcado de texto independiente en dos columnas"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Isolierter Text kann in mehreren Spalten mit @code{\\markup}-Befehlen
angeordnet werden:
} % begin verbatim
\markup {
- \fill-line {
- \hspace #1.0
- \column {
- \line {"O sacrum convivium" }
- \line {"in quo Christus sumitur," }
- \line {"recolitur memoria passionis ejus," }
- \line {"mens impletur gratia," }
- \line {"futurae gloriae nobis pignus datur." }
- \line {"Amen."}
+ \fill-line {
+ \hspace #1
+ \column {
+ \line { O sacrum convivium }
+ \line { in quo Christus sumitur, }
+ \line { recolitur memoria passionis ejus, }
+ \line { mens impletur gratia, }
+ \line { futurae gloriae nobis pignus datur. }
+ \line { Amen. }
+ }
+ \hspace #2
+ \column {
+ \line { \italic { O sacred feast } }
+ \line { \italic { in which Christ is received, } }
+ \line { \italic { the memory of His Passion is renewed, } }
+ \line { \italic { the mind is filled with grace, } }
+ \line { \italic { and a pledge of future glory is given to us. } }
+ \line { \italic { Amen. } }
+ }
+ \hspace #1
}
- \hspace #2
- \column {
- \line { \italic {"O sacred feast"} }
- \line { \italic {"in which Christ is received,"} }
- \line { \italic {"the memory of His Passion is renewed,"} }
- \line { \italic {"the mind is filled with grace," } }
- \line { \italic {"and a pledge of future glory is given to us." }}
- \line { \italic {"Amen."}}
- }
- \hspace #1.0
- }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
texidoces = "
La dirección de las plicas se contola de la misma forma en la
tablatura que en la notación tradicional. Las barras se pueden
g,,16 b d g b d g b
}
}
+
g'16[^\markup { stemlets and no rests } f' \once \override Rest #'transparent = ##t r d']
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "unfretted-strings, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla muestra un cuarteto de cuerda normal. También utiliza
una sección @code{\\global} para el compás y la armadura
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda (sencilla)"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Dieses Beispiel demonstriert die Partitur für ein Streichquartett. Hier
Vorzeichen benutzt.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
これは簡単な弦楽四重奏のためのテンプレートです。これは拍子記号と調号のために
@code{@bs{}global} セクションを使っています。
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "unfretted-strings, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
El fragmento de código \"Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda\" produce un
resultado satisfactorio para el cuarteto, pero ¿y si tenemos que
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda con particellas independientes"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Mit diesem Beispiel können Sie ein schönes Streichquartett notieren,
aber wie gehen Sie vor, wenn Sie Stimmen brauchen? Das Beispiel
zugewiesen, auf den zurückgegriffen werden kann.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
\"弦楽四重奏テンプレート\" は適切な弦楽四重奏の楽譜を作り出しますが、個々の@c
パート譜を譜刻する必要がある場合はどうでしょうか？今度の新しいテンプレートは
}
%}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 151f1bb8c0aae8294e62d0470246ee1019aedfbc
texidoces = "
Las barras de semicorcheas (o notas más breves) seguidas no se
subdividen de forma predeterminada. Esto es: las tres (o más)
"
doctitlees = "Subdivisión de las barras de semicorchea"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Balken von aufeinanderfolgenden Sechszehnteln (oder kürzeren Notenwerten)
werden standardmäßig nicht unterteilt. Dieses Verhalten kann verändert
"
doctitlede = "Balken in Untergruppen teilen"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b3196fadd8f42d05ba35e8ac42f7da3caf8a3079
+ texidocfr = "
+Les ligatures d'une succession de notes de durée inférieure à la croche
+ne sont pas subdivisées par défaut. Autrement dit, tous les traits de
+ligature seront continus. Ce comportement peut être modifié aafin de
+diviser la ligature en sous-groupes grâce à la propriété
+@code{subdivideBeams}. Lorsqu'elle est activée, les ligatures seront
+subdivisées selon un intervalle défini par @code{beatLength} ; il n'y
+aura alors plus qu'un seul trait de ligature entre chaque sous-groupe.
+Par défaut, @code{beatLength} fixe la valeur de référence à une noire.
+Il faudra donc lui fournir, à l'aide de la fonction @code{make-moment},
+une fraction correspondant au sous-groupe désiré, comme dans l'exemple
+suivant.
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Subdivision des ligatures"
+
texidoc = "
The beams of consecutive 16th (or shorter) notes are, by default, not
sub-divided. That is, the three (or more) beams stretch unbroken over
\set beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
c32[ c c c c c c c]
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes,tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
texidoc = "
-If notes from two voices with stems in the same direction are
-placed at the same position, and both voices have no shift or the
-same shift specified, the error message \"warning: ignoring too
-many clashing note columns\" will appear when compiling the
-LilyPond file. This message can be suppressed by setting the
-@code{'ignore-collision} property of the @code{NoteColumn} object
-to @code{#t}.
+If notes from two voices with stems in the same direction are placed at
+the same position, and both voices have no shift or the same shift
+specified, the error message \"warning: ignoring too many clashing note
+columns\" will appear when compiling the LilyPond file. This message
+can be suppressed by setting the @code{'ignore-collision} property of
+the @code{NoteColumn} object to @code{#t}.
+
"
doctitle = "Suppressing warnings for clashing note columns"
} % begin verbatim
-
ignore = \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
\relative c' {
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
- texidoc = "A table of contents is included using
-@w{@code{\\markuplines \\table-of-contents}}. The TOC items are
-added with the @code{\\tocItem} command."
+
+ texidoc = "
+A table of contents is included using @code{\\markuplines
+\\table-of-contents}. The TOC items are added with the
+@code{\\tocItem} command.
+
+"
doctitle = "Table of contents"
} % begin verbatim
-
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
\book {
ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly
ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly
jazz-combo-template.ly
-orchestra-choir-and-piano-template.ly
+orchestra,-choir-and-piano-template.ly
piano-template-simple.ly
piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly
piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly
how-to-put-ties-between-syllables-in-lyrics.ly
lyrics-alignment.ly
markup-lines.ly
-multi--measure-rest-markup.ly
+multi-measure-rest-markup.ly
ottava-text.ly
outputting-the-version-number.ly
piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly
three-sided-box.ly
utf-8.ly
vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly
+volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly
c2^\markup { \NWS-box ABCD }
c2^\markup { \NWS-box \note #"4" #1.0 }
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
+
texidoc = "
'Tick' bar lines are often used in music where the bar line is used
only for coordination and is not meant to imply any rhythmic stress.
+
"
doctitle = "Tick bar lines"
} % begin verbatim
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: aea975539ec44fd0f1a8fd25930b88b5ab64b53a
texidoces = "
A modo de alternativa para obtener auténticos «incipit»
independientes de la partitura principal, se incluyen como
indent=5\cm
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "pitches"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 4866dfd58d5c3a8cab4c6c06d5c4fca8e05a3cd7
doctitlees = "Transportar música con el menor número de alteraciones"
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo utiliza código de Scheme para forzar las
"
- lsrtags = "pitches"
- texidoc = "This example uses some Scheme code to enforce enharmonic
-modifications for notes in order to have the minimum number of
-accidentals. In this case, the following rules apply:
+ texidoc = "
+This example uses some Scheme code to enforce enharmonic modifications
+for notes in order to have the minimum number of accidentals. In this
+case, the following rules apply:
-@itemize
-@item
Double accidentals should be removed
-@item
+
B sharp -> C
-@item
+
E sharp -> F
-@item
+
C flat -> B
-@item
+
F flat -> E
-@end itemize
-In this manner, the most natural enharmonic notes are chosen.
+In this manner, the most natural enharmonic notes are chosen.
+
"
- doctitle = "Transposing music with minimum accidentals"
+ doctitle = "Transposing pitches with minimum accidentals (\"Smart\" transpose)"
} % begin verbatim
-
-#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
- (let* ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
- (a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
- ; alteration, a, in quarter tone steps,
- ; for historical reasons
- (n (ly:pitch-notename p)))
+#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
+ (let ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
+ (a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
+ ;; alteration, a, in quarter tone steps,
+ ;; for historical reasons
+ (n (ly:pitch-notename p)))
(cond
((and (> a 1) (or (eq? n 6) (eq? n 2)))
(set! a (- a 2))
(ly:make-pitch o n (/ a 4))))
#(define (naturalize music)
- (let* ((es (ly:music-property music 'elements))
- (e (ly:music-property music 'element))
- (p (ly:music-property music 'pitch)))
+ (let ((es (ly:music-property music 'elements))
+ (e (ly:music-property music 'element))
+ (p (ly:music-property music 'pitch)))
(if (pair? es)
(ly:music-set-property!
music 'elements
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 4866dfd58d5c3a8cab4c6c06d5c4fca8e05a3cd7
doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
las claves y las notas, pero no lo hacen en la segunda línea.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 2f4e16a76afee992a5f8d11e119667efe7238e7d
doctitlede = "Eigenschaften des Schlüssels optimieren"
texidocde = "
Der Befehl @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} ist gleichbedeutend mit einem
\set Staff.middleCPosition = #0
c'1
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
La disposición de las expresiones de adorno se puede cambiar a lo
"
doctitlede = "Veränderung des Layouts von Verzierungen innerhalb der Noten"
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
-The layout of grace expressions can be changed throughout the
-music using the functions @code{add-grace-property} and
-@code{remove-grace-property}. The following example undefines
-the @code{Stem} direction for this grace, so that stems do not
-always point up, and changes the default note heads to crosses.
+The layout of grace expressions can be changed throughout the music
+using the functions @code{add-grace-property} and
+@code{remove-grace-property}. The following example undefines the
+@code{Stem} direction for this grace, so that stems do not always point
+up, and changes the default note heads to crosses.
+
"
doctitle = "Tweaking grace layout within music"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\new Staff {
#(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
avoiding-collisions-with-chord-fingerings.ly
caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly
changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
-changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly
+changing-form-of-multi-measure-rests.ly
changing-properties-for-individual-grobs.ly
-changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly
changing-the-staff-size.ly
controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly
horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly
inserting-a-caesura.ly
+line-arrows.ly
making-an-object-invisible-with-the-transparent-property.ly
manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly
mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly
nesting-staves.ly
percent-repeat-count-visibility.ly
-positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly
+positioning-multi-measure-rests.ly
positioning-text-markups-inside-slurs.ly
printing-a-repeat-sign-at-the-beginning-of-a-piece.ly
printing-bar-numbers-inside-boxes-or-circles.ly
rest-styles.ly
rhythmic-slashes.ly
separating-key-cancellations-from-key-signature-changes.ly
+setting-hairpin-behavior-at-bar-lines.ly
+specifying-context-with-beatgrouping.ly
suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
time-signature-in-parentheses.ly
transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly
tweaking-clef-properties.ly
+tweaking-grace-layout-within-music.ly
+using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly
using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly
using-the--tweak-command-to-tweak-individual-grobs.ly
vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Se puede usar el delimitador de comienzo de un sistema
@code{SystemStartSquare} estableciéndolo explícitamente dentro de
"
doctitlees = "Uso del corchete recto al comienzo de un grupo de pentagramas"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Die Klammer zu Beginn von Systemgruppen kann auch in eine eckige Klammer
(@code{SystemStartSquare}) umgewandelt werden, wenn man sie explizit
\new Staff { c'4 d' e' f' }
>> }
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 4f881627b3ff5eb538df5221ad77b73d0637aeb4
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{measureLength} determina dónde se deben insertar
líneas divisorias y, con @code{beatLength} y @code{beatGrouping}, cómo
"
doctitlefr = "Utilisation conjointe de beatLength et beatGrouping"
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
-The property @code{measureLength} determines where bar lines
-should be inserted and, with @code{beatLength} and
-@code{beatGrouping}, how automatic beams should be generated
-for beam durations and time signatures for which no beam-ending
-rules are defined. This example shows several ways of controlling
-beaming by setting these properties. The explanations are shown
-as comments in the code.
+The property @code{measureLength} determines where bar lines should be
+inserted and, with @code{beatLength} and @code{beatGrouping}, how
+automatic beams should be generated for beam durations and time
+signatures for which no beam-ending rules are defined. This example
+shows several ways of controlling beaming by setting these properties.
+The explanations are shown as comments in the code.
+
"
doctitle = "Using beatLength and beatGrouping"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
% The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups
\set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3)
a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Algunos compositores escriben dos ligaduras cuando quieren acordes
legato. Esto se puede conseguir estableciendo @code{doubleSlurs}.
"
doctitlees = "Utilizar ligaduras dobles para acordes legato"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Einige Komponisten schreiben doppelte Bögen, wenn Legato-Akkorde notiert
werden. Das kann mit der Eigenschaft @code{doubleSlurs} erreicht werden.
\set doubleSlurs = ##t
<c e>4( <d f> <c e> <d f>)
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a33019d8b4a837f564eadd4979501ff07e9dfd5
texidoces = "
Es posible aplicar la barrita que cruza la barra de las
\override Stem #'stroke-style = #"grace"
c8( d2) e8( f4)
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 522d964c61521ed64f352c4774c4f2860f7ae5ec
texidocfr = "
Lorsqu'il est impossible d'obtenir facilement une allure particulière
pour les têtes de note en recourant à la technique du @code{\\markup}, un
<f, \tweak #'stencil \parallelogram b e>4 d
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
+
texidoc = "
-With the @code{\\tweak} command, every grob can be tuned directly. Here
-are some examples of available tweaks.
+With the @code{\\tweak} command, every grob can be tuned directly.
+Here are some examples of available tweaks.
+
"
- doctitle = "Using the @code{\\tweak} command to tweak individual grobs"
+ doctitle = "Using the \\tweak command to tweak individual grobs"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c' {
\time 2/4
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
\tweak #'duration-log #2 a
>2
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a634a20e0ab2a874ff8bf423e5651139df8733fc
doctitlees = "Uso de ligaduras en los arpegios"
texidoces = "
En ocasiones se usan ligaduras de unión para escribir los arpegios.
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Überbindungen werden teilweise benutzt, um Arpeggios zu notieren. In
diesem Fall stehen die übergebundenen Noten nicht unbedingt hintereinander.
doctitlede = "Überbingungen für Arpeggio genutzen"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
texidocfr = "
Les liaisons de tenue servent parfois à rendre un accord arpégé. Dans
ce cas, les notes liées ne sont pas toutes consécutives. Il faut alors
\tieDotted
g8 ~ c g2
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "text"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Various scripts may be used for texts (like titles and lyrics) by
+entering them in UTF-8 encoding, and using a Pango based backend.
+Depending on the fonts installed, this fragment will render Bulgarian
+(Cyrillic), Hebrew, Japanese and Portuguese.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "UTF-8"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+% end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex
+% from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets
%% Edit this file using a Unicode aware editor, such as GVIM, GEDIT, Emacs
apt-get install emacs-intl-fonts xfonts-intl-.* \
ttf-kochi-gothic ttf-kochi-mincho \
xfonts-bolkhov-75dpi xfonts-cronyx-100dpi xfonts-cronyx-75dpi
-%}
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "text"
- texidoc = "Various scripts may be used for texts (like titles and
-lyrics) by entering them in UTF-8 encoding, and using a Pango based
-backend. Depending on the fonts installed, this fragment will
-render Bulgarian (Cyrillic), Hebrew, Japanese and Portuguese.
-"
- doctitle = "UTF-8"
-} % begin verbatim
-
+%}
-% end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex
-% from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets
% Cyrillic font
bulgarian = \lyricmode {
Жълтата дюля беше щастлива, че пухът, който цъфна, замръзна като гьон.
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, spacing"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: a71dfe75d190e18a075443575d71140173829504
texidoces = "
Mediante el establecimiento de la propiedad @code{Y-extent} a un valor
adecuado, todos los objetos @code{DynamicLineSpanner} (reguladores e
"
doctitlees = "Indicaciones dinámicas y textuales alineadas verticalmente"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a
texidocde = "
Indem man die @code{'Y-extent}-Eigenschaft auf einen passenden Wert setzt,
können alle @code{DynamicLineSpanner}-Objekte (Crescendo-Klammern und
\override TextScript #'Y-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)
\music
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
texidoces = "
Las expresiones dinámicas que se comienzan, terminan o se producen
en la misma nota se alinean verticalmente. Para asegurar que las
c2\p f\mf
g2\< b4\> c\!
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, tweaks-and-overrides, spacing"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dcd61338c753205b6f8d549389fcb0d999c3a675
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código muestra el uso de las propiedades de
contexto @code{alignBelowContext} y @code{alignAboveContext} para
"
doctitlees = "Alineación vertical de la letra y los compases de ossia"
-%% Translation of GIT committish :<0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706>
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
texidocde = "
Dieser Schnipsel zeigt, wie man die Kontexteigenschaften
@code{alignBelowContext} und @code{alignAboveContext} benutzen kann, um
>>
}
>>
+
\new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsD
>>
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, keyboards, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla añade una reducción de piano automática a la partitura
vocal SATB estándar que se mostró en la \"Plantilla de conjunto
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de conjunto vocal con reducción de piano automática"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
In diesem Beispiel wird ein automatischer Klavierauszug zu der
Chorpartitur hinzugefügt. Das zeigt eine der Stärken von LilyPond
tenorMusic), verändert sich auch der Klavierauszug entsprechend.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
このテンプレートは、\"合唱テンプレート\"で示された標準の SATB ボーカル譜に自動@c
ピアノ譜を付け加えています。これは LilyPond の強みの 1 つを示しています - 音楽@c
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music, contexts-and-engravers, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f39a9724d9f51ed9d0d464689ef62f549d7b8dd6
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla es, básicamente, la misma que la sencilla plantilla
\"Conjunto vocal\", excepto que aquí todas las líneas de letra se
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla para conjunto vocal con letras alineadas encima y debajo de los pentagramas"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
In diesem Beispiel werden die Texte mit den Befehlen
@code{alignAboveContext} und @code{alignBelowContext}
über und unter dem System angeordnet.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
このテンプレートは基本的に単純な \"合唱\" テンプレートと同じですが、歌詞が
@code{alignAboveContext} と @code{alignBelowContext} を用いて配置されています。
}
}
}
+
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: d35687993883eb31442009fc50d5ae063108bfa7
texidoces = "
He aquí una partitura vocal estándar para cuatro voces SATB. Con
grupos mayores, suele ser útil incluir una sección que aparezca en
"
doctitlees = "Plantilla de conjunto vocal"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 17633f6b8681af86230aa84597fe7561e98c91d6
texidocde = "
Dieses Beispiel ist für vierstimmigen Gesang (SATB). Bei größeren
sind fast immer gleich in allen Stimmen.
"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 06d99c3c9ad1c3472277b4eafd7761c4aadb84ae
texidocja = "
これは標準の 4 パート SATB (ソプラノ、アルト、テナー、バス) ボーカル譜です。@c
もっと大きな合唱では、すべてのパートで使用されるセクションをインクルードすると@c
}
}
}
+
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+ lsrtags = "repeats, staff-notation, chords"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 7e2910d2bc6167b10cfe328eb17a5f710f2a515a
texidoces = "
Mediante la adición del grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
pentagrama pertinente, se pueden poner los corchetes de primera y
"
doctitlede = "Wiederholungs-(Volta-)Klammern unterhalb der Akkordsymbole"
- lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation,chords"
- texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
-staff, volte can be put under chords."
- doctitle = "Volta under chords"
-} % begin verbatim
+ texidoc = "
+By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant staff, volte can be
+put under chords.
+"
+ doctitle = "Volta below chords"
+} % begin verbatim
\score {
<<
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
+
\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation"
- texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
-staff, volte can be put over staves other than the topmost
-one in a score."
- doctitle = "Volta multi-staff"
-} % begin verbatim
+ lsrtags = "repeats, staff-notation"
+ texidoc = "
+By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant staff, volte can be
+put over staves other than the topmost one in a score.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Volta multi staff"
+} % begin verbatim
voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
\repeat volta 2 {
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.12.0
-\version "2.12.0"
+\version "2.13.1"
\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats"
- texidoc = "Though volte are best specified using
-@code{\\repeat volta}, the context property @code{repeatCommands}
-must be used in cases where the volta text needs more advanced
-formatting with @code{\\markup}.
+ lsrtags = "repeats, text"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Though volte are best specified using @code{\\repeat volta}, the
+context property @code{repeatCommands} must be used in cases where the
+volta text needs more advanced formatting with @code{\\markup}.
Since @code{repeatCommands} takes a list, the simplest method of
-including markup is to use an identifier for the text and embed
-it in the command list using the Scheme syntax
-@w{@code{#(list (list 'volta textIdentifier))}}. Start- and
-end-repeat commands can be added as separate list elements:"
-doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{repeatCommands}"
-} % begin verbatim
+including markup is to use an identifier for the text and embed it in
+the command list using the Scheme syntax @code{#(list (list 'volta
+textIdentifier))}. Start- and end-repeat commands can be added as
+separate list elements:
+"
+ doctitle = "Volta text markup using repeatCommands"
+} % begin verbatim
voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
%% Here by, I, the composer, agree that this extract of my composition
%% be in the public domain and can be part of, used and presented in
-%% the Lilypond Documention Project.
+%% the LilyPond Documention Project.
%% Statement Date: Octber the 9th, 2008
c8[\f c, c] c[ c c]
c4 r8 c4 r8
- %This is technically incorrect, since we started with an 8th
- % upstep, but both eulenburg and EB do this as well.
+ % This is technically incorrect, since we started with an 8th
+ % note pickup, but both eulenburg and EB do this as well.
c4 r8 r4 r8 \bar "|."
}
depth = ../..
-SUBDIRS = revised
-
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation
EXTRA_DIST_FILES=README
EXTRA_DIST_FILES+=$(call src-wildcard,*.ly)
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "text, paper-and-layout, titles"
- texidoc = "The horizontal alignment of instrument names is tweaked
-by changing the @code{Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X} property.
-The @code{\\layout} variables @code{indent} and @code{short-indent}
-define the space in which the instrument names are aligned before the
-first and the following systems, respectively."
- doctitle = "Aligning and centering instrument names"
-}
-
-\paper {
- left-margin = 3\cm
-}
-
-\score {
- \new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff {
- \override Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
- \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \left-column {
- "Left aligned"
- "instrument name"
- }
- \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = #"Left"
- c''1
- \break
- c''1
- }
- \new Staff {
- \override Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X = #CENTER
- \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \center-column {
- Centered
- "instrument name"
- }
- \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = #"Centered"
- g'1
- g'1
- }
- \new Staff {
- \override Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
- \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \right-column {
- "Right aligned"
- "instrument name"
- }
- \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = #"Right"
- e'1
- e'1
- }
- >>
- \layout {
- ragged-right = ##t
- indent = 4\cm
- short-indent = 2\cm
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "text"
- texidoc = "If specified, text marks may be aligned with notation
-objects other than bar lines. These objects include @code{ambitus},
-@code{breathing-sign}, @code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar},
-@code{left-edge}, @code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature}, and
-@code{time-signature}.
-
-In such cases, text marks will be horizontally centered above the
-object. However this can be changed, as demonstrated on the second
-line of this example (in a score with multiple staves, this setting
-should be done for all the staves)."
- doctitle = "Aligning marks with various notation objects"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- e1
-
- % the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef
- \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(clef)
- \key a \major
- \clef treble
- \mark "↓"
- e1
-
- % the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature
- \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(time-signature)
- \key a \major
- \clef treble
- \time 3/4
- \mark "↓"
- e2.
-
- % the RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature
- \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(key-signature)
- \key a \major
- \clef treble
- \time 4/4
- \mark "↓"
- e1
-
- \break
- e1
-
- % the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature
- \once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor-alignment = #LEFT
- \mark "↓"
- \key a \major
- e1
-
- % the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature
- \once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor-alignment = #RIGHT
- \key a \major
- \mark "↓"
- e1
-
- % the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature
- % and then shifted right by one unit.
- \once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor = #1
- \key a \major
- \mark "↓"
- e1
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "world-music"
- texidoc = "For improvisations or @emph{taqasim} which are
-temporarily free, the time signature can be omitted and
-@code{\cadenzaOn} can be used. Adjusting the accidental style
-might be required, since the absence of bar lines will cause the
-accidental to be marked only once. Here is an example of what
-could be the start of a @emph{hijaz} improvisation:"
-doctitle = "Arabic improvisation"
-}
-
-\include "arabic.ly"
-
-\relative sol' {
- \key re \kurd
- #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
- \cadenzaOn
- sol4 sol sol sol fad mib sol1 fad8 mib re4. r8 mib1 fad sol
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
- texidoc = "@code{\\bookpart} can be used to split a book into
-several parts.
-Each part last page can be affected by @code{ragged-bottom-last}.
-Header and footer markups can detect a part last page, and make the
-difference with the book last page.
-"
- doctitle = "Book parts"
-}
-
-#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-
-\book {
-
- %% book paper, which is inherited by all children bookparts
- \paper {
- ragged-last-bottom = ##t
- %% Page footer: add a different part-tagline at part last page
- oddFooterMarkup = \markup {
- \column {
- \fill-line {
- %% Copyright header field only on book first page.
- \on-the-fly #first-page \fromproperty #'header:copyright
- }
- \fill-line {
- %% Part tagline header field only on each part last page.
- \on-the-fly #part-last-page \fromproperty #'header:parttagline
- }
- \fill-line {
- %% Tagline header field only on book last page.
- \on-the-fly #last-page \fromproperty #'header:tagline
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% book header, which is inherited by the first bookpart
- \header {
- title = "Book title"
- copyright = "Copyright line on book first page"
- parttagline = "Part tagline"
- tagline = "Book tagline"
- }
-
- \bookpart {
- %% a different page breaking function may be used on each part
- \paper { #(define page-breaking optimal-page-breaks) }
- \header { subtitle = "First part" }
- \markup { The first book part }
- \markup { a page break }
- \pageBreak
- \markup { first part last page }
- \markup \wordwrap { with ragged-last-bottom (see the space below this text) }
- }
-
- \bookpart {
- \header { subtitle = "Second part" }
- { c' }
- }
-
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
- texidoc = "
-In order to make parts of a crescendo hairpin invisible, the following
-method is used: A white rectangle is drawn on top of the respective
-part of the crescendo hairpin, making it invisible. The rectangle is
-defined as postscript code within a text markup.
-
-To fine-tune the position and size of the markup, the number
-preceding @code{setgray} in the postscript definition can be set to a
-value less than one, making it grey. The two numbers before @code{scale}
-in the postscript code are responsible for the width and height of the
-rectangle, the two numbers before @code{translate} change the x- and
-y-origin of the rectangle.
-
-Make sure to put the hairpin in a lower layer than the text markup to
-draw the rectangle over the hairpin.
-"
- doctitle = "Broken crescendo hairpin"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- << {
- \dynamicUp
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
- r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
- }
- \\
- {
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'layer = #0
- des,2\mf\< ~
- \override TextScript #'layer = #2
- des16_\markup {
- \postscript #"
- 1.9 -8 translate
- 5 4 scale
- 1 setgray
- 0 0 moveto
- 0 1 lineto
- 1 1 lineto
- 1 0 lineto
- 0 0 lineto
- fill"
- }
- r8. des4 ~ des16->\sff
- } >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
-
- texidoc = "
-This example provides a function to typeset a hairpin (de)crescendo
-with some additional text below it, such as \"molto\" or \"poco\". The
-example also illustrates how to modify the way an object is normally
-printed, using some Scheme code.
-"
- doctitle = "Center text below hairpin dynamics"
-}
-
-hairpinWithCenteredText =
-#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
-#{
- \override Voice.Hairpin #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
- (ly:stencil-aligned-to
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
- (ly:stencil-aligned-to (ly:hairpin::print grob) X CENTER)
- Y DOWN
- (ly:stencil-aligned-to (grob-interpret-markup grob $text) X CENTER))
- X LEFT))
-#})
-
-hairpinMolto = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \italic molto }
-hairpinMore = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \larger moltissimo }
-
-\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
-
-{
- \hairpinMolto c'2\< c'\f
- \hairpinMore c'2\< c'\f
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-If there are ten or fewer measures of rests, a series of longa
-and breve rests (called in German \"Kirchenpausen\" - church rests)
-is printed within the staff; otherwise a simple line is shown.
-This default number of ten may be changed by overriding the
-@code{expand-limit} property:
-"
- doctitle = "Changing form of multi-measure rests"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \compressFullBarRests
- R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
- \override MultiMeasureRest #'expand-limit = #3
- R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
-
- texidoc = "
-The @code{\\applyOutput} command allows the tuning of any layout
-object, in any context. It requires a Scheme function with three
-arguments."
-
- doctitle = "Changing properties for individual grobs"
-}
-
-#(define (mc-squared grob grob-origin context)
- (let*
- (
- (ifs (ly:grob-interfaces grob))
- (sp (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position))
- )
- (if (memq 'note-head-interface ifs)
- (begin
- (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'stencil
- (grob-interpret-markup grob
- (make-lower-markup 0.5
- (case sp
- ((-5) "m")
- ((-3) "c ")
- ((-2) (make-smaller-markup (make-bold-markup "2")))
- (else "bla")
- ))))
- ))))
-
-\relative c' {
- <d f g b>2
- \applyOutput #'Voice #mc-squared
- <d f g b>2
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-The text used for crescendos and decrescendos can be changed by
-modifying the context properties @code{crescendoText} and
-@code{decrescendoText}. The style of the spanner line can be
-changed by modifying the @code{'style} property of
-@code{DynamicTextSpanner}. The default value is @code{'hairpin},
-and other possible values include @code{'line}, @code{'dashed-line}
-and @code{'dotted-line}:
-"
- doctitle = "Changing text and spanner styles for text dynamics"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \set crescendoText = \markup { \italic { cresc. poco } }
- \set crescendoSpanner = #'text
- \override DynamicTextSpanner #'style = #'dotted-line
- a2\< a
- a2 a
- a2 a
- a2 a\mf
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "To change the tempo in MIDI output without printing
-anything, make the metronome mark invisible:"
-
- doctitle = "Changing the tempo without a metronome mark"
-}
-
-\score {
- \new Staff \relative c' {
- \tempo 4 = 160
- c4 e g b
- c4 b d c
- \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t
- \tempo 4 = 96
- d,4 fis a cis
- d4 cis e d
- }
- \layout { }
- \midi { }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,contexts-and-engravers"
- texidoc = "The @code{measureLength} property, together with
-@code{measurePosition}, determines when a bar line is needed. However,
-when using @code{\\scaleDurations}, the scaling of durations makes it
-difficult to change time signatures. In this case, @code{measureLength}
-should be set manually, using the @code{ly:make-moment} callback. The
-second argument must be the same as the second argument of
-@code{\\scaleDurations}."
- doctitle = "Changing time signatures inside a polymetric section using @code{\\scaleDurations}"
-}
-
-\layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \remove "Timing_translator"
- \remove "Default_bar_line_engraver"
- }
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists "Timing_translator"
- \consists "Default_bar_line_engraver"
- }
-}
-
-<<
- \new Staff {
- \scaleDurations #'(8 . 5) {
- \time 6/8
- \set Timing.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 6 5)
- b8 b b b b b
- \time 2/4
- \set Timing.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 4 5)
- b4 b
- }
- }
- \new Staff {
- \clef bass
- \time 2/4
- c2 d e f
- }
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "paper-and-layout" % a new tag like "Mixing text and music" or
-% "Special output" might be more adequate -jm
- texidoc = "
-This code shows how to clip (extract) snippets from a full score.
-
-This file needs to be run separately with @code{-dclip-systems}; the
-snippets page may not adequately show the results.
-
-The result will be files named
-@file{@var{base}-from-@var{start}-to-@var{end}[-@var{count}].eps}.
-
-@itemize
-@item
-If system starts and ends are included, they include extents of the
-System grob, e.g., instrument names.
-
-@item
-Grace notes at the end point of the region are not included.
-
-@item
-Regions can span multiple systems. In this case, multiple EPS files
-are generated.
-
-@end itemize
-"
- doctitle = "Clip systems"
-}
-
-#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems)
-#(set! output-count 1)
-
-origScore = \score {
- \relative c' {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"bla"
- c1
- d1
- \grace c16 e1
- \key d \major
- f1 \break
- \clef bass
- g,1
- fis1
- }
-}
-
-\book {
- \score {
- \origScore
- \layout {
- % Each clip-region is a (START . END) pair
- % where both are rhythmic-locations.
-
- % (make-rhythmic-locations BAR-NUMBER NUM DEN)
- % means NUM/DEN whole-notes into bar numbered BAR-NUMBER
-
- clip-regions = #(list
- (cons
- (make-rhythmic-location 2 0 1)
- (make-rhythmic-location 4 0 1))
-
- (cons
- (make-rhythmic-location 0 0 1)
- (make-rhythmic-location 4 0 1))
-
- (cons
- (make-rhythmic-location 0 0 1)
- (make-rhythmic-location 6 0 1))
- )
- }
- }
-}
-
-#(set! output-count 0)
-#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems #f)
-
-\book {
- \score { \origScore }
- \markup { \bold \fontsize #6 clips }
- \score {
- \lyrics {
- \markup { from-2.0.1-to-4.0.1-clip.eps }
- \markup {
- \epsfile #X #30.0 #(format #f "~a-1-from-2.0.1-to-4.0.1-clip.eps"
- (ly:parser-output-name parser)) }
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches,editorial-annotations,really-cool"
- texidoc = "
-It is possible to color note heads depending on their pitch and/or their names:
-the function used in this example even makes it possible to distinguish enharmonics.
-"
- doctitle = "Coloring notes depending on their pitch"
-}
-
-%LSR Thanks a LOT to Damian leGassick, Steven Weber and Jay Anderson for this snippet
-
-%Association list of pitches to colors.
-#(define color-mapping
- (list
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 -1/2) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 0) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 0) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- ))
-
-%Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
-#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
- (and
- (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
- (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))
-
-#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
- (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
- (if color
- (cdr color))))
-
-#(define (color-notehead grob)
- (pitch-to-color
- (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause) 'pitch)))
-
-\score {
- \new Staff \relative c' {
- \override NoteHead #'color = #color-notehead
- c8 b d dis ees f g aes
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
- texidoc = "
-Odd 20th century time signatures (such as \"5/8\") can often be played
-as compound time signatures (e.g. \"3/8 + 2/8\"), which combine two or
-more inequal metrics. LilyPond can make such music quite easy to read
-and play, by explicitly printing the compound time signatures and
-adapting the automatic beaming behavior. (Graphic measure grouping
-indications can also be added; see the appropriate snippet in this
-database.)
-
-"
- doctitle = "Compound time signatures"
-}
-
-#(define ((compound-time one two num) grob)
- (grob-interpret-markup grob
- (markup #:override '(baseline-skip . 0) #:number
- (#:line (
- (#:column (one num))
- #:vcenter "+"
- (#:column (two num))))
- )))
-
-\relative c' {
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #(compound-time "2" "3" "8")
- \time 5/8
- #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 5 8) 1 4)
- c8 d e fis gis
- c8 fis, gis e d
- c8 d e4 gis8
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
-
- texidoc = "
-Creating a delayed turn, where the lower note of the
-turn uses the accidental, requires several overrides. The
-@code{outside-staff-priority} property must be set to @code{#f},
-as otherwise this would take precedence over the
-@code{avoid-slur property}. The value of @code{halign} is used
-to position the turn horizontally."
-
- doctitle = "Creating a delayed turn"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \once \override TextScript #'avoid-slur = #'inside
- \once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
- c2(^\markup \tiny \override #'(baseline-skip . 1) {
- \halign #-4
- \center-column {
- \sharp
- \musicglyph #"scripts.turn"
- }
- }
- d4.) c8
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "New metronome marks can be created in markup mode,
-but they will not change the tempo in MIDI output."
-
- doctitle = "Creating metronome marks in markup mode"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- \tempo \markup {
- \concat {
- (
- \smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note #"16." #1
- " = "
- \smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note #"8" #1
- )
- }
- }
- c1
- c4 c' c,2
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks,text,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-Unlike text scripts, rehearsal marks cannot be stacked at a particular point
-in a score: only one @code{RehearsalMark} object is created. Using an
-invisible measure and bar line, an extra rehearsal mark can be added, giving
-the appearance of two marks in the same column.
-
-This method may also prove useful for placing rehearsal marks at both the
-end of one system and the start of the following system.
-"
- doctitle = "Creating simultaneous rehearsal marks"
-}
-
-% LSR: Thanks to Risto Vääräniemi for this snippet
-
-{
- \key a \major
- \set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-box-letters
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'outside-staff-priority = #5000
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(key-signature)
- \mark \markup { \bold { Senza denti } }
-
- % the hidden measure and bar line
- \once \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
- \time 1/16
- s16 \bar ""
-
- \time 4/4
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(bar-line)
- \mark \markup { \box \bold Intro }
- d'1
- \mark \default
- d'1
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "The @code{\\startTextSpan} and @code{\\stopTextSpan}
-commands allow the creation of text spanners as easily as pedal
-indications or octavations. Override some properties of the
-@code{TextSpanner} object to modify its output."
-
- doctitle = "Creating text spanners"
-}
-
-\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
-
-\relative c'' {
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details left text) = #"bla"
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right text) = #"blu"
- a4 \startTextSpan
- b4 c
- a4 \stopTextSpan
-
- \override TextSpanner #'style = #'line
- \once \override TextSpanner
- #'(bound-details left stencil-align-dir-y) = #CENTER
- a4 \startTextSpan
- b4 c
- a4 \stopTextSpan
-
- \override TextSpanner #'style = #'dashed-line
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details left text) =
- \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . 1) }
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right text) =
- \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . -2) }
- \once \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right padding) = #-2
-
- a4 \startTextSpan
- b4 c
- a4 \stopTextSpan
-
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #-13
- \override TextSpanner #'dash-period = #10
- \override TextSpanner #'dash-fraction = #0.5
- \override TextSpanner #'thickness = #10
- a4 \startTextSpan
- b4 c
- a4 \stopTextSpan
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
-
- texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
-@code{'fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams,
-overrides are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object.
-Like @code{Voice}, @code{FretBoards} is a bottom level context,
-therefore can be omitted in property overrides.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
-}
-
-\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
-\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
- #guitar-tuning
- #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
-<<
- \new ChordNames {
- \chordmode { c1 c c d }
- }
- \new FretBoards {
- % Set global properties of fret diagram
- \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.2
- \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details finger-code) = #'in-dot
- \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details dot-color) = #'white
- \chordmode {
- c
- \once \override FretBoard #'size = #'1.0
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details barre-type) = #'straight
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details dot-color) = #'black
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details finger-code) = #'below-string
- c'
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details barre-type) = #'none
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details number-type) = #'arabic
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details orientation) = #'landscape
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details mute-string) = #"M"
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details label-dir) = #LEFT
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details dot-color) = #'black
- c'
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details finger-code) = #'below-string
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details dot-radius) = #0.35
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details dot-position) = #0.5
- \once \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details fret-count) = #3
- d
- }
- }
- \new Voice {
- c'1 c' c' d'
- }
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
-
- texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
-@code{'fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides
-can be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly
-to the markup.
-"
- doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
-}
-
-<<
- \chords { c1 c c d }
-
- \new Voice = "mel" {
- \textLengthOn
- % Set global properties of fret diagram
- \override TextScript #'size = #'1.2
- \override TextScript
- #'(fret-diagram-details finger-code) = #'in-dot
- \override TextScript
- #'(fret-diagram-details dot-color) = #'white
-
- %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
- % terse style
- c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- % verbose style
- % size 1.0
- % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
- c'1^\markup {
- % standard size
- \override #'(size . 1.0) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-lower)
- (finger-code . in-dot)
- (barre-type . straight))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- % verbose style
- % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
- % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
- c'1^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (number-type . arabic)
- (label-dir . -1)
- (mute-string . "M")
- (orientation . landscape)
- (barre-type . none)
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord
- % terse style
- % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
- % label below string
- d'1^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
- }
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
- texidoc = "Predefined fret diagrams can be added for new instruments
-in addition to the standards used for guitar. This file shows how
-this is done by defining a new string-tuning and a few predefined
-fretboards for the Venezuelan cuatro.
-
-This file also shows how fingerings can be included in the chords
-used as reference points for the chord lookup, and displayed in
-the fret diagram and the @code{TabStaff}, but not the music.
-
-These fretboards are not transposable because they contain string
-information. This is planned to be corrected in the future.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Defining predefined fretboards for other instruments"
-}
-
-%LSR: Thanks to Jesus Guillermo Andrade for the string-tuning
-%LSR: and fretboard information.
-
-% add FretBoards for the Cuatro
-% Note: This section could be put into a separate file
-% predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly
-% and \included into each of your compositions
-
-cuatroTuning = #'(11 18 14 9)
-
-dSix = { <a\4 b\1 d\3 fis\2> }
-dMajor = { <a\4 d\1 d\3 fis \2> }
-aMajSeven = { <a\4 cis\1 e\3 g\2> }
-dMajSeven = { <a\4 c\1 d\3 fis\2> }
-gMajor = { <b\4 b\1 d\3 g\2> }
-
-\storePredefinedDiagram \dSix
- #cuatroTuning
- #"o;o;o;o;"
-\storePredefinedDiagram \dMajor
- #cuatroTuning
- #"o;o;o;3-3;"
-\storePredefinedDiagram \aMajSeven
- #cuatroTuning
- #"o;2-2;1-1;2-3;"
-\storePredefinedDiagram \dMajSeven
- #cuatroTuning
- #"o;o;o;1-1;"
-\storePredefinedDiagram \gMajor
- #cuatroTuning
- #"2-2;o;1-1;o;"
-
-% end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly
-
-
-#(set-global-staff-size 16)
-
-primerosNames = \chordmode {
- d:6 d a:maj7 d:maj7
- g
-}
-primeros = {
- \dSix \dMajor \aMajSeven \dMajSeven
- \gMajor
-}
-
-\score {
- <<
- \new ChordNames {
- \set chordChanges = ##t
- \primerosNames
- }
-
- \new Staff {
- \new Voice \with {
- \remove "New_fingering_engraver"
- }
- \relative c'' {
- \primeros
- }
- }
-
- \new FretBoards {
- \set stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
- \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details string-count) = #'4
- \override FretBoard
- #'(fret-diagram-details finger-code) = #'in-dot
- \primeros
- }
-
- \new TabStaff \relative c'' {
- \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
- \primeros
- }
-
- >>
-
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \override SpacingSpanner
- #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
- }
- }
- \midi { }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "If there is only one staff in one of the staff types
-@code{ChoirStaff} or @code{StaffGroup}, the bracket and the starting
-bar line will not be displayed as standard behavior. This can be changed
-by overriding the relevant properties.
-
-Note that in contexts such as @code{PianoStaff} and @code{GrandStaff}
-where the systems begin with a brace instead of a bracket, another
-property has to be set, as shown on the second system in the example.
-"
- doctitle = "Display bracket with only one staff in a system"
-}
-
-\markup \left-column {
- \score {
- \new StaffGroup <<
- % Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines
- \override StaffGroup.SystemStartBracket #'collapse-height = #1
- \override Score.SystemStartBar #'collapse-height = #1
- \new Staff {
- c'1
- }
- >>
- \layout { }
- }
- \score {
- \new PianoStaff <<
- \override PianoStaff.SystemStartBrace #'collapse-height = #1
- \override Score.SystemStartBar #'collapse-height = #1
- \new Staff {
- c'1
- }
- >>
- \layout { }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches"
- texidoc = "In early 20th century works, starting with Schoenberg,
-Berg and Webern (the \"Second\" Viennese school), every pitch in the
-twelve-tone scale has to be regarded as equal, without any hierarchy
-such as the classical (tonal) degrees. Therefore, these composers
-print one accidental for each note, even at natural pitches, to
-emphasize their new approach to music theory and language.
-
-This snippet shows how to achieve such notation rules.
-"
-
- doctitle = "Dodecaphonic-style accidentals for each note including naturals"
-}
-
-\score {
- \new Staff {
- #(set-accidental-style 'dodecaphonic)
- c'4 dis' cis' cis'
- c'4 dis' cis' cis'
- c'4 c' dis' des'
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Staff
- \remove "Key_engraver"
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "unfretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "Artificial harmonics using @code{\\harmonic} do not show
-dots. To override this behavior, set the context property
-@code{harmonicDots}."
- doctitle = "Dotted harmonics"
-}
-
-\relative c''' {
- \time 3/4
- \key f \major
- \set harmonicDots = ##t
- <bes f'\harmonic>2. ~
- <bes f'\harmonic>4. <a e'\harmonic>8( <gis dis'\harmonic> <g d'\harmonic>)
- <fis cis'\harmonic>2.
- <bes f'\harmonic>2.
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-The @code{print-function} can be overridden to draw a box around an
-arbitrary grob.
-"
- doctitle = "Drawing boxes around grobs"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \override TextScript #'stencil =
- #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
- c'4^"foo"
-
- \override Stem #'stencil =
- #(make-stencil-boxer 0.05 0.25 ly:stem::print)
- \override Score.RehearsalMark #'stencil =
- #(make-stencil-boxer 0.15 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
- b8
-
- \revert Stem #'stencil
- c4. c4
- \mark "F"
- c1
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-The @code{\circle} markup command draws circles around various objects,
-for example fingering indications. For other objects, specific tweaks
-may be required: this example demonstrates two strategies for rehearsal
-marks and measure numbers.
-"
- doctitle = "Drawing circles around various objects"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- c1
- \set Score.markFormatter =
- #(lambda (mark context)
- (make-circle-markup (format-mark-numbers mark context)))
- \mark \default
- c2 d^\markup {
- \override #'(thickness . 3) {
- \circle \finger 2
- }
- }
- \override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #all-visible
- \override Score.BarNumber #'stencil =
- #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "keyboards, tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "The appearance of pedal brackets may be altered in
-different ways."
- doctitle = "Fine-tuning pedal brackets"
-}
-
-\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
-\relative c'' {
- c2\sostenutoOn c
- c2\sostenutoOff c
- \once \override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(-7 . -2)
- c2\sostenutoOn c
- c2\sostenutoOff c
- \once \override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'edge-height = #'(0 . 3)
- c2\sostenutoOn c
- c2\sostenutoOff c
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "winds"
-
- texidoc = "
-It is possible to indicate special articulation techniques such as
-flute's \"tongue slap\", by replacing the note head with the
-appropriate glyph.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Flute slap notation"
-}
-
-slap =
-#(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
-#{
- \override NoteHead #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
- (grob-interpret-markup grob
- (markup #:musicglyph "scripts.sforzato")))
- \override NoteHead #'extra-offset = #'(0.1 . 0.0)
- $music
- \revert NoteHead #'stencil
- \revert NoteHead #'extra-offset
-#})
-
-\relative c' {
- c4 \slap c d r \slap { g a } b r
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "This snippet shows many possibilities for obtaining
-and tweaking fret diagrams."
- doctitle = "Fret diagrams explained and developed"
-}
-
-<<
- \chords {
- a2 a
- \repeat unfold 3 {
- c c c d d
- }
- }
-
- \new Voice = "mel" {
- \textLengthOn
- % Set global properties of fret diagram
- \override TextScript #'size = #1.2
- \override TextScript
- #'fret-diagram-details #'finger-code = #'below-string
- \override TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'dot-color = #'black
-
- %% A chord for ukelele
- a'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (string-count . 4)
- (dot-color . white)
- (finger-code . in-dot))) {
- \fret-diagram #"4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
- }
- }
-
- %% A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string
- % 1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string
- % dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing
- a'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (dot-color . white)
- (open-string . "o"))) {
- \fret-diagram #"s:1.2;w:4;h:3;f:2;d:0.35;p:0.55;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
- }
- }
-
- %% These chords will be in normal orientation
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- % verbose style
- % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-lower)
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (barre-type . straight))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- %% Double barre used to test barre function
- % verbose style
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . arabic)
- (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
- (finger-code . in-dot)
- (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
- (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
- (label-dir . -1)
- (mute-string . "M")
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 4 2 5)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, with capo on third fret
- % verbose style
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-upper)
- (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
- (finger-code . none)
- (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (capo 3)
- (open 5)
- (place-fret 4 5 1)
- (place-fret 3 5 2)
- (place-fret 2 5 3)
- (open 1))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord
- d'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (string-thickness-factor . 0.3)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord, large top fret thickness
- d'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (top-fret-thickness . 7)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
-
- % These chords will be in landscape orientation
- \override TextScript
- #'fret-diagram-details #'orientation = #'landscape
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- % verbose style
- % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-lower)
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (barre-type . straight))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- %% Double barre used to test barre function
- % verbose style
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . arabic)
- (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
- (finger-code . in-dot)
- (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
- (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
- (label-dir . -1)
- (mute-string . "M")
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 4 2 5)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, with capo on third fret
- % verbose style
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-upper)
- (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
- (finger-code . none)
- (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (capo 3)
- (open 5)
- (place-fret 4 5 1)
- (place-fret 3 5 2)
- (place-fret 2 5 3)
- (open 1))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord
- d'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord, large top fret thickness
- d'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (top-fret-thickness . 7)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
-
- % These chords will be in opposing-landscape orientation
- \override TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
- #'orientation = #'opposing-landscape
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- % verbose style
- % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-lower)
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (barre-type . straight))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- %% Double barre used to test barre function
- % verbose style
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . arabic)
- (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
- (finger-code . in-dot)
- (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
- (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
- (label-dir . -1)
- (mute-string . "M")
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (place-fret 5 3 1)
- (place-fret 4 5 2)
- (place-fret 3 5 3)
- (place-fret 2 5 4)
- (place-fret 1 3 1)
- (barre 4 2 5)
- (barre 5 1 3))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% C major for guitar, with capo on third fret
- % verbose style
- c'2^\markup {
- % 110% of default size
- \override #'(size . 1.1) {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (number-type . roman-upper)
- (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
- (finger-code . none)
- (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
- (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
- (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
- (capo 3)
- (open 5)
- (place-fret 4 5 1)
- (place-fret 3 5 2)
- (place-fret 2 5 3)
- (open 1))
- }
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord
- d'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
-
- %% simple D chord, large top fret thickness
- d'2^\markup {
- \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
- (finger-code . below-string)
- (dot-radius . 0.35)
- (dot-position . 0.5)
- (top-fret-thickness . 7)
- (fret-count . 3))) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
- }
- }
- }
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,fretted-strings"
- texidoc = "
-For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along
-with melody notes, chord names, and fret diagrams.
-"
- doctitle = "Guitar strum rhythms"
-}
-
-\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
-<<
- \new ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 f g c
- }
- }
- \new FretBoards {
- \chordmode {
- c1 f g c
- }
- }
- \new Voice \with {
- \consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
- } {
- \relative c'' {
- \improvisationOn
- c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
- f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
- g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
- c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
- }
- }
- \new Voice = "melody" {
- \relative c'' {
- c2 e4 e4
- f2. r4
- g2. a4
- e4 c2.
- }
- }
- \new Lyrics {
- \lyricsto "melody" {
- This is my song.
- I like to sing.
- }
- }
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, percussion"
-
- texidoc = "
-Though the polymetric time signature shown was not the most essential
-item here, it has been included to show the beat of this piece (which
-is the template of a real Balkan song!).
-
-"
- doctitle = "Heavily customized polymetric time signatures"
-}
-
-#(define plus (markup #:vcenter "+"))
-#(define ((custom-time-signature one two three four five six
- seven eight nine ten eleven num) grob)
- (grob-interpret-markup grob
- (markup #:override '(baseline-skip . 0) #:number
- (#:line (
- (#:column (one num)) plus
- (#:column (two num)) plus
- (#:column (three num)) plus
- (#:column (four num)) plus
- (#:column (five num)) plus
- (#:column (six num)) plus
- (#:column (seven num)) plus
- (#:column (eight num)) plus
- (#:column (nine num)) plus
- (#:column (ten num)) plus
- (#:column (eleven num))))
- )))
-
-melody = \relative c'' {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bb Sop."
- \key g \major
- #(set-time-signature 25 8 '(3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2))
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil =
- #(custom-time-signature "3" "2" "2" "3" "2" "2"
- "2" "2" "3" "2" "2" "8")
- c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g \break
- c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
- c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
- c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
- c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
-}
-
-drum = \new DrumStaff \drummode {
- \bar "|:" bd4.^\markup { "Drums" } sn4 bd \bar ":" sn4.
- bd4 sn \bar ":" bd sn bd4. sn4 bd \bar ":|"
-}
-
-{
- \melody
- \drum
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation,ancient-notation"
- texidoc = "Incipits can be added using the instrument name grob, but
-keeping separate the instrument name definition and the incipit definition."
- doctitle = "Incipit"
-}
-
-incipit =
-#(define-music-function (parser location incipit-music) (ly:music?)
- #{
- \once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
- \once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-Y = #UP
- \once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'Y-offset = #4
- \once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'padding = #0.3
- \once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'stencil =
- #(lambda (grob)
- (let* ((instrument-name (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text))
- (layout (ly:output-def-clone (ly:grob-layout grob)))
- (music (make-music 'SequentialMusic
- 'elements (list (make-music 'ContextSpeccedMusic
- 'context-type 'MensuralStaff
- 'element (make-music 'PropertySet
- 'symbol 'instrumentName
- 'value instrument-name))
- $incipit-music)))
- (score (ly:make-score music))
- (mm (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'mm))
- (indent (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'indent))
- (width (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'incipit-width))
- (incipit-width (if (number? width)
- (* width mm)
- (* indent 0.5))))
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'indent (- indent incipit-width))
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'line-width indent)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'ragged-right #f)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'ragged-last #f)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'system-count 1)
- (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
- (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'long-text
- (markup #:score score))
- (ly:system-start-text::print grob)))
- #})
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-global = {
- \set Score.skipBars = ##t
- \key g \major
- \time 4/4
-
- % the actual music
- \skip 1*8
-
- % let finis bar go through all staves
- \override Staff.BarLine #'transparent = ##f
-
- % finis bar
- \bar "|."
-}
-
-discantusIncipit = <<
- \new MensuralVoice = "discantusIncipit" <<
- \repeat unfold 9 { s1 \noBreak }
- {
- \clef "neomensural-c1"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- c''1.
- }
- >>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto discantusIncipit { IV- }
->>
-
-discantusNotes = {
- \transpose c' c'' {
- \clef "treble"
- d'2. d'4 |
- b e' d'2 |
- c'4 e'4.( d'8 c' b |
- a4) b a2 |
- b4.( c'8 d'4) c'4 |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
- c'1 |
- b\breve |
- }
-}
-
-discantusLyrics = \lyricmode {
- Ju -- bi -- |
- la -- te De -- |
- o, om --
- nis ter -- |
- ra, __ om- |
- "..." |
- -us. |
-}
-
-altusIncipit = <<
- \new MensuralVoice = "altusIncipit" <<
- \repeat unfold 9 { s1 \noBreak }
- {
- \clef "neomensural-c3"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- r1 f'1.
- }
- >>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto altusIncipit { IV- }
->>
-
-altusNotes = {
- \transpose c' c'' {
- \clef "treble"
- % two measures
- r2 g2. e4 fis g |
- a2 g4 e |
- fis g4.( fis16 e fis4) |
- g1 |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
- g1 |
- g\breve |
- }
-}
-
-altusLyrics = \lyricmode {
- % two measures
- Ju -- bi -- la -- te |
- De -- o, om -- |
- nis ter -- ra, |
- "..." |
- -us. |
-}
-
-tenorIncipit = <<
- \new MensuralVoice = "tenorIncipit" <<
- \repeat unfold 9 { s1 \noBreak }
- {
- \clef "neomensural-c4"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- r\longa
- r\breve
- r1 c'1.
- }
- >>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto tenorIncipit { IV- }
->>
-
-tenorNotes = {
- \transpose c' c' {
- \once \override Staff.VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-6 . 3)
- \clef "treble_8"
- R1 |
- R1 |
- R1 |
- % two measures
- r2 d'2. d'4 b e' |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
- e'1 |
- d'\breve |
- }
-}
-
-tenorLyrics = \lyricmode {
- % two measures
- Ju -- bi -- la -- te |
- "..." |
- -us.
-}
-
-bassusIncipit = <<
- \new MensuralVoice = "bassusIncipit" <<
- \repeat unfold 9 { s1 \noBreak }
- {
- \clef "bass"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- %% incipit
- r\maxima
- f1.
- }
- >>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto bassusIncipit { IV- }
->>
-
-bassusNotes = {
- \transpose c' c' {
- \clef "bass"
- R1 |
- R1 |
- R1 |
- R1 |
- g2. e4 |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
- e1 |
- g\breve |
- }
-}
-
-bassusLyrics = \lyricmode {
- Ju -- bi- |
- "..." |
- -us.
-}
-
-\score {
- <<
- \new StaffGroup = choirStaff <<
- \new Voice = "discantusNotes" <<
- \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Discantus"
- \incipit \discantusIncipit
- \discantusNotes
- >>
- \new Lyrics = "discantusLyrics" \lyricsto discantusNotes { \discantusLyrics }
- \new Voice = "altusNotes" <<
- \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Altus"
- \incipit \altusIncipit
- \altusNotes
- >>
- \new Lyrics = "altusLyrics" \lyricsto altusNotes { \altusLyrics }
- \new Voice = "tenorNotes" <<
- \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Tenor"
- \incipit \tenorIncipit
- \tenorNotes
- >>
- \new Lyrics = "tenorLyrics" \lyricsto tenorNotes { \tenorLyrics }
- \new Voice = "bassusNotes" <<
- \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bassus"
- \incipit \bassusIncipit
- \bassusNotes
- >>
- \new Lyrics = "bassusLyrics" \lyricsto bassusNotes { \bassusLyrics }
- >>
- >>
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- %% no bar lines in staves or lyrics
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- }
- %% the next two instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines
- \context {
- \Lyrics
- \consists "Bar_engraver"
- \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
- }
- \context {
- \Voice
- %% no slurs
- \override Slur #'transparent = ##t
- %% Comment in the below "\remove" command to allow line
- %% breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps
- %% into the next measure. The command is commented out in this
- %% short example score, but especially for large scores, you
- %% will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve
- %% overall spacing if you comment in the following command.
- %%\remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
- }
- indent = 6\cm
- incipit-width = 4\cm
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-Caesura marks can be created by overriding the @code{'text}
-property of the @code{BreathingSign} object. A curved caesura
-mark is also available.
-"
- doctitle = "Inserting a caesura"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup {
- \musicglyph #"scripts.caesura.straight"
- }
- c8 e4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
-
- \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup {
- \musicglyph #"scripts.caesura.curved"
- }
- g8 e'4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation,fretted-strings"
-
- texidoc = "Tablature can be formatted using letters instead of
-numbers."
- doctitle = "Letter tablature formatting"
-}
-
-#(define (letter-tablature-format str context event)
- (let*
- ((tuning (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
- (pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch)))
- (make-whiteout-markup
- (make-vcenter-markup
- (string (integer->char
- (+ (char->integer #\a)
- (- (ly:pitch-semitones pitch)
- (list-ref tuning (- str 1))))))))))
-
-music = \relative c {
- c4 d e f
- g4 a b c
- d4 e f g
-}
-
-<<
- \new Staff {
- \clef "G_8"
- \music
- }
- \new TabStaff \with {
- tablatureFormat = #letter-tablature-format
- }
- {
- \music
- }
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
- texidoc = "Arrows can be applied to text-spanners and line-spanners
-(such as the Glissando)."
- doctitle = "Line arrows"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \override TextSpanner #'bound-padding = #1.0
- \override TextSpanner #'style = #'line
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right arrow) = ##t
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details left text) = #"fof"
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right text) = #"gag"
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right padding) = #0.6
-
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details right stencil-align-dir-y) = #CENTER
- \override TextSpanner #'(bound-details left stencil-align-dir-y) = #CENTER
-
- \override Glissando #'(bound-details right arrow) = ##t
- \override Glissando #'arrow-length = #0.5
- \override Glissando #'arrow-width = #0.25
-
- a8\startTextSpan gis a4 b\glissando b,
- g'4 c\stopTextSpan c2
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches,world-music"
- texidoc = "Makam is a type of melody from Turkey using 1/9th-tone
-microtonal alterations. Consult the initialization file
-@code{makam.ly} (see the `Learning Manual @version{},
-4.6.3 Other sources of information' for the location of this file)
-for details of pitch names and alterations."
- doctitle = "Makam example"
-}
-
-% Initialize makam settings
-\include "makam.ly"
-
-\relative c' {
- \set Staff.keySignature = #`((6 . ,(- KOMA)) (3 . ,BAKIYE))
- c4 cc db fk
- gbm4 gfc gfb efk
- fk4 db cc c
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-Setting the @code{'transparent} property will cause an object to be
-printed in \"invisible ink\": the object is not printed, but all its
-other behavior is retained. The object still takes up space, it takes
-part in collisions, and slurs, ties and beams can be attached to it.
-
-This snippet demonstrates how to connect different voices using ties.
-Normally, ties only connect two notes in the same voice. By
-introducing a tie in a different voice, and blanking the first up-stem
-in that voice, the tie appears to cross voices. To prevent the blanked stem's
-flag from interfering with tie positioning, the stem is extended.
-"
- doctitle = "Making an object invisible with the transparent property"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \time 2/4
- <<
- {
- \once \override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \once \override Stem #'length = #8
- b8 ~ b\noBeam
- \once \override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \once \override Stem #'length = #8
- g8 ~ g\noBeam
- }
- \\
- {
- b8 g g e
- }
- >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, vocal-music"
-
- texidoc = "
-This example shows how to put crosses on stems. Mark the beginning
-of a spoken section with the @code{\\speakOn} keyword, and end it
-with the @code{\\speakOff} keyword.
-"
- doctitle = "Marking notes of spoken parts with a cross on the stem"
-}
-
-speakOn = {
- \override Stem #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
- (let* ((x-parent (ly:grob-parent grob X))
- (is-rest? (ly:grob? (ly:grob-object x-parent 'rest))))
- (if is-rest?
- empty-stencil
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
- (ly:stem::print grob)
- Y
- (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
- (grob-interpret-markup grob
- (markup #:hspace -1.025 #:fontsize -4
- #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
- -2.3 0))))
-}
-
-speakOff = {
- \revert Stem #'stencil
-}
-
-\score {
- \new Staff {
- \relative c'' {
- a4 b a c
- \speakOn
- g4 f r g
- b4 r d e
- \speakOff
- c4 a g f
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "text"
- texidoc = "Text that can spread over pages is entered with the
-@code{\\markuplines} command."
- doctitle = "Markup lines"
-}
-
-#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-
-#(define-markup-list-command (paragraph layout props args) (markup-list?)
- (interpret-markup-list layout props
- (make-justified-lines-markup-list (cons (make-hspace-markup 2) args))))
-
-% Candide, Voltaire
-\markuplines {
- \override-lines #'(baseline-skip . 2.5) {
- \paragraph {
- Il y avait en Westphalie, dans le château de M. le baron de
- Thunder-ten-tronckh, un jeune garçon à qui la nature avait donné
- les mœurs les plus douces. Sa physionomie annonçait son âme.
- Il avait le jugement assez droit, avec l'esprit le plus simple ;
- c'est, je crois, pour cette raison qu'on le nommait Candide. Les
- anciens domestiques de la maison soupçonnaient qu'il était fils
- de la sœur de monsieur le baron et d'un bon et honnête
- gentilhomme du voisinage, que cette demoiselle ne voulut jamais
- épouser parce qu'il n'avait pu prouver que soixante et onze
- quartiers, et que le reste de son arbre généalogique avait été
- perdu par l'injure du temps.
- }
- \paragraph {
- Monsieur le baron était un des plus puissants seigneurs de la
- Westphalie, car son château avait une porte et des fenêtres. Sa
- grande salle même était ornée d'une tapisserie. Tous les chiens
- de ses basses-cours composaient une meute dans le besoin ; ses
- palefreniers étaient ses piqueurs; le vicaire du village était
- son grand-aumônier. Ils l'appelaient tous monseigneur, et ils
- riaient quand il faisait des contes.
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, fretted-strings"
-
- texidoc = "
-Use a markup text to replace the (TAB) clef glyph with a modern font.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Modern TAB text clef"
-}
-
-TAB = \markup {
- \raise #1.5
- \sans
- \bold
- \huge
- \override #'(baseline-skip . 2.5)
- \center-column {
- T
- A
- B
- }
-}
-
-\new TabStaff {
- \override Staff.Clef #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
- (grob-interpret-markup grob TAB))
- a
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, text"
- texidoc = "Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be
-centered above or below it. Long markups attached to multi-measure
-rests do not cause the measure to expand. To expand a multi-measure
-rest to fit the markup, use a spacer rest with an attached markup
-before the multi-measure rest.
-
-Note that the spacer rest causes a bar line to be inserted. Text attached
-to a spacer rest in this way is left-aligned to the position where
-the note would be placed in the measure, but if the measure length is
-determined by the length of the text, the text will appear to be
-centered."
- doctitle = "Multi-measure rest markup"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- \compressFullBarRests
- \textLengthOn
- s1*0^\markup { [MAJOR GENERAL] }
- R1*19
- s1*0_\markup { \italic { Cue: ... it is yours } }
- s1*0^\markup { A }
- R1*30^\markup { [MABEL] }
- \textLengthOff
- c4^\markup { CHORUS } d f c
-}
}
\relative c'' {
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-denominator-text 7)
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-denominator-text 7)
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7)
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7)
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
\once \override TupletNumber #'text =
- #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper (tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7) "8")
+ #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
+ (tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7) "8")
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text "4")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
+ tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text "4")
\times 2/3 { c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text "4")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
+ tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text "4")
\times 2/3 { c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::fraction-with-notes "4." "8")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::fraction-with-notes "4." "8")
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
- \once \override TupletNumber #'text = #(tuplet-number::non-default-fraction-with-notes 12 "8" 4 "4")
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'text =
+ #(tuplet-number::non-default-fraction-with-notes 12 "8" 4 "4")
\times 2/3 { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "template"
- texidoc = "
-This template demonstrates the use of nested @code{StaffGroup}
-and @code{GrandStaff} contexts to sub-group instruments of the same
-type together, and the use of @code{\\transpose} for transposing
-instruments. All music in variables is stored in C. Music may be
-entered in C or, alternatively, entered in the instrument key and
-transposed to C before being assigned to a variable.
-"
- doctitle = "Orchestra, choir and piano template"
-}
-
-#(set-global-staff-size 17)
-
-\paper {
- indent = 3.0\cm
- short-indent = 1.5\cm
-}
-
-fluteMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-oboeMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-clarinetMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-bassoonMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key c \major c1 d }
-trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c''1 d }
-tromboneMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
-hornIMusic = \relative c { c'1 d }
-hornIIMusic = \relative c { c1 d }
-percussionMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
-sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key c \major c1 d }
-sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Sop -- ra }
-altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
-altoILyrics = \lyricmode { A -- one }
-altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
-altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { A -- two }
-tenorMusic = \relative c' { \key c \major c1 d }
-tenorLyrics = \lyricmode { Ten -- or }
-pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c1 d }
-violinIMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-violinIIMusic = \relative c { \key c \major c'1 d }
-violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key c \major c'1 d }
-celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key c \major c1 d }
-bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key c \major c,1 d }
-
-\score {
- \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_score" <<
- \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_flute" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Flute"
- \fluteMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_oboe" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Oboe"
- \oboeMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat }
- \transposition bes
- \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_bassoon" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bassoon"
- \bassoonMusic
- }
- >>
- \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
- \new GrandStaff <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Horn I"
- \transposition f
- \transpose f c' \hornIMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_hornII" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Horn II"
- \clef bass
- \transposition f'
- \transpose f c \hornIIMusic
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Trumpet in C"
- \trumpetMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_trombone" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Trombone"
- \clef bass
- \tromboneMusic
- }
- >>
- \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" <<
- \set RhythmicStaff.instrumentName = #"Percussion"
- \percussionMusic
- >>
- \new PianoStaff <<
- \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = #"Piano"
- \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
- \new Staff {
- \clef bass
- \pianoLHMusic
- }
- >>
- \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Soprano"
- \new Voice = "soprano"
- \sopranoMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }
- \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with { \accepts Lyrics } <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Alto I"
- \new Voice = "altoI"
- \altoIMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
- \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Alto II"
- \new Voice = "altoII"
- \altoIIMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
- >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Tenor"
- \clef "treble_8"
- \new Voice = "tenor"
- \tenorMusic
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
- >>
- \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
- \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Violin I"
- \violinIMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Violin II"
- \violinIIMusic
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_viola" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Viola"
- \violaMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_cello" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Cello"
- \celloMusic
- }
- \new Staff = "Staff_bass" {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Double Bass"
- \bassMusic
- }
- >>
- >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, text"
- texidoc = "
-Internally, @code{\\ottava} sets the properties @code{ottavation}
-(for example, to @code{\"8va\"} or @code{\"8vb\"}) and
-@code{middleCPosition}. To override the text of the bracket, set
-@code{ottavation} after invoking @code{\\ottava}.
-"
- doctitle = "Ottava text"
-}
-
-{
- \ottava #1
- \set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
- c''1
- \ottava #0
- c'1
- \ottava #1
- \set Staff.ottavation = #"Text"
- c''1
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "spacing"
- texidoc = "Page labels may be placed inside music or at top-level,
-and referred to in markups."
- doctitle = "Page label"
-}
-
-#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-
-#(define-markup-command (toc-line layout props label text)
- (symbol? markup?)
- (interpret-markup layout props
- (markup #:fill-line (text #:page-ref label "8" "?"))))
-
-\book {
- \markup \huge \fill-line { \null Title Page \null }
-
- \pageBreak
-
- \label #'toc
- \markup \column {
- \large \fill-line { \null Table of contents \null }
- \toc-line #'toc "Table of contents"
- \toc-line #'firstScore "First Score"
- \toc-line #'markA "Mark A"
- \toc-line #'markB "Mark B"
- \toc-line #'markC "Mark C"
- \toc-line #'unknown "Unknown label"
- }
-
- \pageBreak
-
- \label #'firstScore
- \score {
- \new Staff \relative c' {
- c2 c
- \mark \markup {
- A (page \concat { \page-ref #'markA "0" "?" ) }
- } \label #'markA
- c2 c
- \pageBreak
- \mark "B" \label #'markB
- d2 d
- d2 d
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-visibility =
- #begin-of-line-invisible
- \mark "C" \label #'markC
- }
- \header { piece = "First score" }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-Percent repeat counters can be shown at regular intervals by setting
-the context property @code{repeatCountVisibility}.
-"
- doctitle = "Percent repeat count visibility"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \set countPercentRepeats = ##t
- \set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 5)
- \repeat percent 10 { c1 } \break
- \set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 2)
- \repeat percent 6 { c1 d1 }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks,keyboards,template"
- texidoc = "
-Many piano scores have the dynamics centered between the two staves.
-This requires a bit of tweaking to implement, but since the template is
-right here, you don't have to do the tweaking yourself.
-"
- doctitle = "Piano template with centered dynamics"
-}
-
-global = {
- \key c \major
- \time 4/4
-}
-
-upper = \relative c'' {
- \clef treble
- a4 b c d
-}
-
-lower = \relative c {
- \clef bass
- a2 c
-}
-
-dynamics = {
- s2\fff\> s4 s\!\pp
-}
-
-pedal = {
- s2\sustainOn s\sustainOff
-}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff = "PianoStaff_pf" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_pfUpper" \upper
- \new Dynamics = "Dynamics_pf" \dynamics
- \new Staff = "Staff_pfLower" << \lower >>
- \new Dynamics = "pedal" \pedal
- >>
-
- \layout {
- % define Dynamics context
- \context {
- \type "Engraver_group"
- \name Dynamics
- \alias Voice
- \consists "Output_property_engraver"
- \consists "Piano_pedal_engraver"
- \consists "Script_engraver"
- \consists "New_dynamic_engraver"
- \consists "Dynamic_align_engraver"
- \consists "Text_engraver"
- \consists "Skip_event_swallow_translator"
- \consists "Axis_group_engraver"
-
- pedalSustainStrings = #'("Ped." "*Ped." "*")
- pedalUnaCordaStrings = #'("una corda" "" "tre corde")
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'Y-offset = #0
- \override TextScript #'font-size = #2
- \override TextScript #'font-shape = #'italic
- \override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-1 . 1)
- }
- % modify PianoStaff context to accept Dynamics context
- \context {
- \PianoStaff
- \accepts Dynamics
- }
- }
-}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff = "PianoStaff_pf" <<
- \new Staff = "Staff_pfUpper" << \global \upper \dynamics \pedal >>
- \new Staff = "Staff_pfLower" << \global \lower \dynamics \pedal >>
- >>
- \midi { }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-Unlike ordinary rests, there is no predefined command
-to change the staff position of a multi-measure
-rest symbol of either form by attaching it to a note. However,
-in polyphonic music multi-measure rests in odd-numbered and
-even-numbered voices are vertically separated. The positioning
-of multi-measure rests can be controlled as follows:
- "
- doctitle = "Positioning multi-measure rests"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- % Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line
- R1
- % They can be moved with an override
- \override MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position = #-2
- R1
- % A value of 0 is the default position;
- % the following trick moves the rest to the center line
- \override MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position = #-0.01
- R1
- % Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line
- << { R1 } \\ { a1 } >>
- % Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line
- << { c1 } \\ { R1 } >>
- % They remain separated even in empty measures
- << { R1 } \\ { R1 } >>
- % This brings them together even though there are two voices
- \compressFullBarRests
- <<
- \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
- { R1*3 }
- \\
- \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
- { R1*3 }
- >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.1"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
-
- texidoc = "
-By default, the first bar number in a score is suppressed if it is
-less than or equal to `1'. By setting @code{barNumberVisibility}
-to @code{all-bar-numbers-visible}, any bar number can be printed
-for the first measure and all subsequent measures. Note that an
-empty bar line must be inserted before the first note for this to
-work.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Printing the bar number for the first measure"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #all-bar-numbers-visible
- \bar ""
- c1 d e f \break
- g1 e d c
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches,staff-notation"
- texidoc = "Quotations take into account the transposition of both
-source and target. In this example, all instruments play sounding
-middle C; the target is an instrument in F. The target part may be
-transposed using @code{\\transpose}. In this case, all the pitches
-(including the quoted ones) are transposed.
-"
- doctitle = "Quoting another voice with transposition"
-}
-
-\addQuote clarinet {
- \transposition bes
- \repeat unfold 8 { d'16 d' d'8 }
-}
-
-\addQuote sax {
- \transposition es'
- \repeat unfold 16 { a8 }
-}
-
-quoteTest = {
- % french horn
- \transposition f
- g'4
- << \quoteDuring #"clarinet" { \skip 4 } s4^"clar." >>
- << \quoteDuring #"sax" { \skip 4 } s4^"sax." >>
- g'4
-}
-
-{
- \set Staff.instrumentName =
- \markup {
- \center-column { Horn \line { in F } }
- }
- \quoteTest
- \transpose c' d' << \quoteTest s4_"up a tone" >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "The @code{quotedEventTypes} property determines the
-music event types that are quoted. The default value is
-@code{(note-event rest-event)}, which means that only notes and
-rests of the quoted voice appear in the @code{\\quoteDuring}
-expression. In the following example, a 16th rest is not quoted
-since @code{rest-event} is not in @code{quotedEventTypes}."
- doctitle = "Quoting another voice"
-}
-
-quoteMe = \relative c' {
- fis4 r16 a8.-> b4\ff c
-}
-\addQuote quoteMe \quoteMe
-
-original = \relative c'' {
- c8 d s2
- \once \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
- es8 gis8
-}
-
-<<
- \new Staff {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"quoteMe"
- \quoteMe
- }
- \new Staff {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"orig"
- \original
- }
- \new Staff \relative c'' <<
- \set Staff.instrumentName = #"orig+quote"
- \set Staff.quotedEventTypes =
- #'(note-event articulation-event)
- \original
- \new Voice {
- s4
- \set fontSize = #-4
- \override Stem #'length-fraction = #(magstep -4)
- \quoteDuring #"quoteMe" { \skip 2. }
- }
- >>
->>
+++ /dev/null
-depth = ../../..
-
-STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation
-EXTRA_DIST_FILES=README
-EXTRA_DIST_FILES+=$(call src-wildcard,*.ly)
-
-include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
+++ /dev/null
-This directory contains snippet files which are already part of lilypond but
-have been revised. They should be contributed to the LSR so that they in
-turn are (automatically) included in lilypond again.
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "keyboards"
-
-
- doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
- texidoces = "
-Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
-@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los símbolos
-modificando los argumentos de @code{\\raise}.
-"
-
-
- doctitlede = "Symbole für Akkordeon-Diskantregister"
- texidocde = "
-Diskantregister für Akkordeon können mit @code{\\markup} dargestellt werden.
-Die vertikale Position der einzelnen Elemente werden mit @code{\\raise}
-angepasst.
-"
-
-
- doctitle = "Accordion-discant symbols"
- texidoc = "
-Accordion discant-specific symbols are added using @code{\\markup}. The
-vertical placement of the symbols can be tweaked by changing the
-@code{\\raise} arguments.
-"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-discant = \markup {
- \musicglyph #"accordion.accDiscant"
-}
-dot = \markup {
- \musicglyph #"accordion.accDot"
-}
-
-% 16 voets register
-accBasson = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \raise #0.5 \dot
-}
-
-% een korig 8 en 16 voets register
-accBandon = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #0.5 \dot
- \raise #1.5 \dot
-}
-
-accVCello = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #0.5 \dot
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
-}
-
-% 4-8-16 voets register
-accHarmon = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #0.5 \dot
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-accTrombon = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #0.5 \dot
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
-}
-
-% eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register
-accOrgan = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #0.5 \dot
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-accMaster = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #0.5 \dot
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-accAccord = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-accMusette = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
-}
-
-accCeleste = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
-}
-
-accOboe = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-accClarin = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \raise #1.5 \dot
-}
-
-accPiccolo = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-accViolin = ^\markup {
- \combine
- \discant
- \combine
- \raise #1.5 \dot
- \combine
- \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
- \raise #2.5 \dot
-}
-
-\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-
-\relative c'' {
- c4 d\accBasson e f
- c4 d\accBandon e f
- c4 d\accVCello e f
- c4 d\accHarmon e f
- c4 d\accTrombon e f
- \break
- c4 d\accOrgan e f
- c4 d\accMaster e f
- c4 d\accAccord e f
- c4 d\accMusette e f
- c4 d\accCeleste e f
- \break
- c4 d\accOboe e f
- c4 d\accClarin e f
- c4 d\accPiccolo e f
- c4 d\accViolin e f
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
-
-
- doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
- texidoces = "
-La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
-estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
-establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad @q{tonic}). Esta propiedad
-requiere un conjunto de símbolos, que pueden ser puramente arbitrarios (se
-permiten expresiones geométricas como @code{triangle}, triángulo,
-@code{cross}, aspas, y @code{xcircle}, círculo con aspas) o basados en una
-antigua tradición americana de grabado (ciertos nombres de nota latinos
-trambién se permiten).
-
-Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen varios
-estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
-instrucciones de abreviatura como @code{\\aikenHeads} o
-@code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
-
-Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con forma,
-y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
-correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas de
-nota.
-"
-
-
- doctitlede = "Notenkopfstile besierend auf der Tonleiterstufe erstellen"
- texidocde = "
-Die @code{shapeNoteStyles}-(NotenFormenStile)-Eigenschaft kann benutzt
-werden, um verschiedene Notenstile für jeden Schritt der Tonleiter
-zudefinieren (vorgegeben von der Tonart oder der @q{tonic}
-(Tonika)-Eigenschaft. Diese Eigenschaft braucht eine Anzahl von Symbolen,
-welche beliebig sein können (geometrische Ausdrücke wie @code{triangle}
-(Dreieck), @code{cross} (Kreuz) und @code{xcircle} (X-Kreis) sind erlaubt)
-oder basierend auf einer alten amerikanischen Notensatztradition (einige
-lateinische Notenbezeichnungen sind auch erlaubt).
-
-Um alte amerikanische Liederbücher zu imitieren, gibt es einige
-vordefinierte Notenstile wie etwa @code{\\aikenHeads} (im Stil von Aiken)
-oder @code{\\sacredHarpHeads} (im Stil der Sacred-Harp-Tradition).
-
-Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie man unterschiedlich geformte Noten erhält und
-eine Melodie transponieren kann, ohne dass das Verhältnis zwischen den
-harmonischen Funktionen und dem Notenstil verloren geht.
-"
-
-
- doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
- texidoc = "
-The @code{shapeNoteStyles} property can be used to define various note head
-styles for each step of the scale (as set by the key signature or the
-@q{tonic} property). This property requires a set of symbols, which can be
-arbitrary (geometrical expressions such as @code{triangle}, @code{cross},
-and @code{xcircle} are allowed) or based on old American engraving tradition
-(some latin note names are also allowed).
-
-That said, to imitate old American song books, there are several predefined
-note head styles available through shortcut commands such as
-@code{\\aikenHeads} or @code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
-
-This example shows different ways to obtain shape note heads, and
-demonstrates the ability to transpose a melody without losing the
-correspondence between harmonic functions and note head styles.
-"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-
-fragment = {
- \key c \major
- c2 d
- e2 f
- g2 a
- b2 c
-}
-
-\score {
- \new Staff {
- \transpose c d
- \relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa
- #f la ti)
- \fragment
- }
-
- \break
-
- \relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f
- mensural xcircle diamond)
- \fragment
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation"
-
-
- doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
- texidoces = "
-La muy utilizada instrucción @code{\\key} establece la propiedad
-@code{keySignature} property, dentro del contexto @code{Staff}.
-
-Para crear armaduras de tonalidad no estándar, ajuste esta propiedad
-directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una lista:
-
-@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración) ((octava
-. paso) . alteración) ...)} donde, para cada elemento dentro de la lista,
-@code{octava} especifica la octava (siendo cero la octava desde el Do
-central hasta el Si por encima), @code{paso} especifica la nota dentro de la
-octava (cero significa Do y 6 significa Si), y @code{alteración} es
-@code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (observe la coma precedente.)
-
-Alternativamente, para cada elemento de la lista el uso del formato más
-conciso @code{(paso . alteración)} especifica que la misma alteración debe
-estar en todas las octavas.
-
-He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala exátona:
-"
-
-
- doctitlede = "Untypische Tonarten"
- texidocde = "
-Der üblicherweise benutzte @code{\\key}-Befehl setzt die
-@code{keySignature}-Eigenschaft im @code{Staff}-Kontext.
-
-Um untypische Tonartenvorzeichen zu erstellen, muss man diese Eigenschaft
-direkt setzen. Das Format für den Befehl ist eine Liste: @code{\\set
-Staff.keySignature = #`(((Oktave . Schritt) . Alteration) ((Oktave .
-Schritt) . Alteration) ...)}, wobei für jedes Element in der Liste
-@code{Oktave} die Oktave angibt (0@tie{}ist die Oktave vom
-eingestrichenen@tie{}C bis zum eingestrichenen@tie{}H). @code{Schritt} gibt
-die Note innerhalb der Oktave an (0@tie{}heißt@tie{}C und
-6@tie{}heißt@tie{}H), und @code{Alteration} ist @code{,SHARP ,FLAT
-,DOUBLE-SHARP} usw. (Beachte das beginnende Komma.)
-
-Alternativ kann auch jedes Element der Liste mit dem allgemeineren Format
-@code{(Schritt . Alteration)} gesetzt werden, wobei dann die Einstellungen
-für alle Oktaven gelten.
-
-Hier ein Beispiel einer möglichen Tonart für eine Ganztonleiter:
-"
-
-
- doctitle = "Non-traditional key signatures"
- texidoc = "
-The commonly used @code{\\key} command sets the @code{keySignature}
-property, in the @code{Staff} context.
-
-To create non-standard key signatures, set this property directly. The
-format of this command is a list:
-
-@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octave . step) . alter) ((octave
-. step) . alter) ...)} where, for each element in the list,
-@code{octave} specifies the octave (0@tie{}being the octave from
-middle@tie{}C to the B above), @code{step} specifies the note within the
-octave (0@tie{}means@tie{}C and 6@tie{}means@tie{}B), and @code{alter} is
-@code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (Note the leading comma.)
-
-Alternatively, for each item in the list, using the more concise format
-@code{(step . alter)} specifies that the same alteration should hold in all
-octaves.
-
-Here is an example of a possible key signature for generating a whole-tone
-scale:
-"
-} % begin verbatim
-\relative c' {
- \set Staff.keySignature = #`(((0 . 6) . ,FLAT)
- ((0 . 5) . ,FLAT)
- ((0 . 3) . ,SHARP))
- c4 d e fis
- aes4 bes c2
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
-
-
- doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
- texidoces = "
-Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
-"
-
-
- doctitlede = "Pausenstile"
- texidocde = "
-Pausen können in verschiedenen Stilen dargestellt werden.
-"
-
-
- doctitle = "Rest styles"
- texidoc = "
-Rests may be used in various styles.
-"
-} % begin verbatim
-\layout {
- indent = 0.0
- \context {
- \Staff
- \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
- }
-}
-
-\relative c {
- \set Score.timing = ##f
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'mensural
- r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { mensural }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16
- \bar ""
-
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'neomensural
- r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { neomensural }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16
- \bar ""
-
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'classical
- r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { classical }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128
- \bar ""
-
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'default
- r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { default }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, unfretted-strings"
-
-
- doctitlees = "Marca de pizzicato de chasquido (@q{pizzicato de Bartók})"
- texidoces = "
-El pizzicato de chasquido (también llamado @q{Pizzicato de Bartók}) es un
-@q{pizzicato fuerte en que la cuerda se pulsa verticalmente produciendo un
-chasquido y rebotando en el diapasón del instrumento} (Wikipedia). Se
-denota mediante una circunferencia con una línea vertical corta que parte
-del centro de aquélla hacia fuera. Aunque Lilypond no tiene ninguna
-instrucción predefinida para crear esta marca, es fácil hacer la definición
-y colocarla directamente en el archivo de lilypond.
-"
-
-
- doctitlede = "Bartók-Pizzicato"
- texidocde = "
-Das Bartók-Pizzicato @q{ist eine besondere Form des Pizzicato, bei dem der
-Spieler die Saite auf das Griffbrett aufschlagen lässt, sodass zusätzlich
-zum angeschlagenen Ton ein scharfes, knallendes Geräusch ertönt}
-(Wikipedia). Es wird dargestellt als kleiner Kreis mit einer vertikalen
-Linie, die vom Kreiszentrum aus nach oben weist und ein Stück außerhalb des
-Kreises endet. Lilypond hat keinen eigenen Glyphen für dieses Symbol; es
-ist aber einfach, direkt eine Definition in die Eingabedatei einzufügen.
-"
-
-
- doctitle = "Snap-pizzicato markup (@q{Bartók pizzicato})"
- texidoc = "
-A snap-pizzicato (also known as @q{Bartók pizzicato}) is a @q{strong
-pizzicato where the string is plucked vertically by snapping and rebounds
-off the fingerboard of the instrument} (Wikipedia). It is denoted by a
-cicle with a vertical line going from the center upwards outside the circle.
-While Lilypond does not have a pre-defined command to created this markup,
-it is easy to create a definition and place it directly into the lilypond
-file.
-"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-% Definition of the snappizz markup to print snap-pizzicato articulations.
-% These are also known as "Bartok pizzicato" and are denotes by a circle
-% with a vertical line from the center of the circle upwards:
-#(define-markup-command (snappizz layout props) ()
- (interpret-markup layout props
- (markup #:stencil
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (ly:stencil-add
- (make-circle-stencil 0.7 0.1 #f)
- (ly:make-stencil
- (list 'draw-line 0.1 0 0.1 0 1)
- '(-0.1 . 0.1) '(0.1 . 1)))
- 0.7 X))))
-snappizzicato = \markup \snappizz
-
-% now it can be used as \snappizzicato after the note/chord
-% Note, that a direction (-, ^ or _) is REQUIRED!
-\relative c'{
- c4^\snappizzicato
-% < c e g>\snappizzicato % This does NOT work
- < c' e g>-\snappizzicato
- < c' e g>^\snappizzicato
- < c, e g>_\snappizzicato
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
-
-
- doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
- texidoces = "
-La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
-@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (que controla la posición vertical de
-la clave), @code{middleCPosition} y @code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una
-clave cada vez que se modifica cualquiera de las propiedades excepto
-@code{middleCPosition}.
-
-Observe que la modificación del glifo, la posición de la clave o su
-octavación, no cambian 'per se' la posición de las siguientes notas del
-pentagrama: para hacer esto también se debe especificar la posición del Do
-central. Los parámetros posicionales están en relación con la tercera línea
-del pentagrama, los números positivos desplazan hacia arriba, contando una
-unidad por cada línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
-establecería normalmente a 7, -7, 15 or -15, pero son válidos otros valores.
-
-Cuando se produce un cambio de clave en el salto de línea se imprime la
-clave nueva tanto al final de la línea anterior como al principio de la
-nueva, de forma predeterminada. Si no se necesita la clave de advertencia
-al final de la línea anterior, se puede quitar estableciendo el valor de la
-propiedad @code{explicitClefVisibility} de @code{Staff}, a
-@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se puede
-recuperar con @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
-
-Los siguientes ejemplos muestran las posibilidades cuando se ajustan estas
-propiedades manualmente. En la primera línea, los cambios manuales
-preservan el posicionamiento relativo estándar de las claves y las notas,
-pero no lo hacen en la segunda línea.
-"
-
-
- doctitlede = "Eigenschaften des Schlüssels optimieren"
- texidocde = "
-Der Befehl @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} ist gleichbedeutend mit einem
-expliziten Setzen der Eigenschaften von @code{clefGlyph},
-@code{clefPosition} (welche die vertikale Position des Schlüssels bestimmt),
-@code{middleCPosition} und @code{clefOctavation}. Ein Schlüssel wird
-ausgegeben, wenn eine der Eigenschaften außer @code{middleCPosition} sich
-ändert.
-
-Eine Änderung des Schriftzeichens (Glyph), der Schlüsselposition oder der
-Oktavierung selber ändert noch nicht die Position der darauf folgenden Noten
-auf dem System: das geschieht nur, wenn auch die Position des
-eingestrichenen@tie{}C (middleCPosition) angegeben wird. Die
-Positionsparameter sind relativ zur Mittellinie des Systems, dabei versetzen
-positive Zahlen die Position nach oben, jeweils eine Zahl für jede Linie
-plus Zwischenraum. Der @code{clefOctavation}-Wert ist normalerweise auf 7,
--7, 15 oder -15 gesetzt, aber auch andere Werte sind gültig.
-
-Wenn ein Schlüsselwechsel an einem Zeilenwechsel geschieht, wird das neue
-Symbol sowohl am Ende der alten Zeilen als auch am Anfang der neuen Zeile
-ausgegeben. Wenn der Warnungs-Schlüssel am Ende der alten Zeile nicht
-erforderlich ist, kann er unterdrückt werden, indem die
-@code{explicitClefVisibility}-Eigenschaft des @code{Staff}-Kontextes auf den
-Wert @code{end-of-line-invisible} gesetzt wird. Das Standardverhalten kann
-mit @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility} wieder hergestellt werden.
-
-Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen die Möglichkeiten, wenn man diese
-Eigenschaften manuell setzt. Auf der ersten Zeile erhalten die manuellen
-Änderungen die ursprüngliche relative Positionierung von Schlüssel und
-Noten, auf der zweiten Zeile nicht.
-"
-
-
- doctitle = "Tweaking clef properties"
- texidoc = "
-The command @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} is equivalent to setting
-@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (which controls the vertical position
-of the clef), @code{middleCPosition} and @code{clefOctavation}. A clef is
-printed when any of the properties except @code{middleCPosition} are
-changed.
-
-Note that changing the glyph, the position of the clef, or the octavation
-does not in itself change the position of subsequent notes on the staff: the
-position of middle@tie{}C must also be specified to do this. The positional
-parameters are relative to the staff center line, positive numbers
-displacing upwards, counting one for each line and space. The
-@code{clefOctavation} value would normally be set to 7, -7, 15 or -15, but
-other values are valid also.
-
-If a clef change takes place at a line break the new clef symbol is printed
-at both the end of the previous line and the beginning of the new line by
-default. If the warning clef at the end of the previous line is not
-required it can be suppressed by setting the @code{Staff} property
-@code{explicitClefVisibility} to the value @code{end-of-line-invisible}.
-The default behavior can be recovered with @code{\\unset
-Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
-
-The following examples show the possibilities when setting these properties
-manually. On the first line, the manual changes preserve the standard
-relative positioning of clefs and notes, whereas on the second line, they do
-not.
-"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-
-{
- % The default treble clef
- c'1
- % The standard bass clef
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.F"
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #2
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #6
- c'1
- % The baritone clef
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.C"
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #4
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #4
- c'1
- % The standard choral tenor clef
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.G"
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #-2
- \set Staff.clefOctavation = #-7
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #1
- c'1
- % A non-standard clef
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #0
- \set Staff.clefOctavation = #0
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #-4
- c'1 \break
-
- % The following clef changes do not preserve
- % the normal relationship between notes and clefs:
-
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.F"
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #2
- c'1
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.G"
- c'1
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.C"
- c'1
- \set Staff.clefOctavation = #7
- c'1
- \set Staff.clefOctavation = #0
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #0
- c'1
-
- % Here we go back to the normal clef:
-
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #0
- c'1
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
- texidoc = "If the note which ends a hairpin falls on a downbeat,
-the hairpin stops at the bar line immediately preceding. This behavior
-can be controlled by overriding the @code{'to-barline} property.
-"
- doctitle = "Setting hairpin behavior at bar lines"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- e4\< e2.
- e1\!
- \override Hairpin #'to-barline = ##f
- e4\< e2.
- e1\!
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
- texidoc = "
-By specifying the context, the effect of @code{beatGrouping} can be
-limited to the context specified, and the values which may have
-been set in higher-level contexts can be overridden. The
-@code{\\set} commands must be placed @emph{after} all @code{\\time}
-commands:
-"
- doctitle = "Specifying context with beatGrouping"
-}
-
-\score {
- \new Staff <<
- \time 7/8
- \new Voice {
- \relative c'' {
- \set Staff.beatGrouping = #'(2 3 2)
- a8 a a a a a a
- }
- }
- \new Voice {
- \relative c' {
- \voiceTwo
- \set beatGrouping = #'(1 3 3)
- f8 f f f f f f
- }
- }
- >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes,tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-If notes from two voices with stems in the same direction are
-placed at the same position, and both voices have no shift or the
-same shift specified, the error message \"warning: ignoring too
-many clashing note columns\" will appear when compiling the
-LilyPond file. This message can be suppressed by setting the
-@code{'ignore-collision} property of the @code{NoteColumn} object
-to @code{#t}.
-"
- doctitle = "Suppressing warnings for clashing note columns"
-}
-
-ignore = \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
-
-\relative c' {
- <<
- \ignore
- { \stemDown f2 g }
- \\
- { c2 c, }
- >>
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
- texidoc = "A table of contents is included using
-@w{@code{\\markuplines \\table-of-contents}}. The TOC items are
-added with the @code{\\tocItem} command."
- doctitle = "Table of contents"
-}
-
-#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-
-\book {
- \markuplines \table-of-contents
- \pageBreak
- \tocItem \markup { The first score }
- \score {
- {
- c'1 \pageBreak
- \mark "A" \tocItem \markup { Mark A }
- d'1
- }
- }
- \pageBreak
- \tocItem \markup { The second score }
- \score {
- { e'1 }
- \header { piece = "Second score" }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation"
- texidoc = "
-'Tick' bar lines are often used in music where the bar line is used
-only for coordination and is not meant to imply any rhythmic stress.
-"
- doctitle = "Tick bar lines"
-}
-\relative c' {
- \set Score.defaultBarType = #"'"
- c4 d e f
- g4 f e d
- c4 d e f
- g4 f e d
- \bar "|."
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches"
- texidoc = "This example uses some Scheme code to enforce enharmonic
-modifications for notes in order to have the minimum number of
-accidentals. In this case, the following rules apply:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Double accidentals should be removed
-
-@item
-B sharp -> C
-
-@item
-E sharp -> F
-
-@item
-C flat -> B
-
-@item
-F flat -> E
-
-@end itemize
-
-In this manner, the most natural enharmonic notes are chosen.
-"
- doctitle = "Transposing music with minimum accidentals"
-}
-
-#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
- (let* ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
- (a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
- ; alteration, a, in quarter tone steps,
- ; for historical reasons
- (n (ly:pitch-notename p)))
- (cond
- ((and (> a 1) (or (eq? n 6) (eq? n 2)))
- (set! a (- a 2))
- (set! n (+ n 1)))
- ((and (< a -1) (or (eq? n 0) (eq? n 3)))
- (set! a (+ a 2))
- (set! n (- n 1))))
- (cond
- ((> a 2) (set! a (- a 4)) (set! n (+ n 1)))
- ((< a -2) (set! a (+ a 4)) (set! n (- n 1))))
- (if (< n 0) (begin (set! o (- o 1)) (set! n (+ n 7))))
- (if (> n 6) (begin (set! o (+ o 1)) (set! n (- n 7))))
- (ly:make-pitch o n (/ a 4))))
-
-#(define (naturalize music)
- (let* ((es (ly:music-property music 'elements))
- (e (ly:music-property music 'element))
- (p (ly:music-property music 'pitch)))
- (if (pair? es)
- (ly:music-set-property!
- music 'elements
- (map (lambda (x) (naturalize x)) es)))
- (if (ly:music? e)
- (ly:music-set-property!
- music 'element
- (naturalize e)))
- (if (ly:pitch? p)
- (begin
- (set! p (naturalize-pitch p))
- (ly:music-set-property! music 'pitch p)))
- music))
-
-naturalizeMusic =
-#(define-music-function (parser location m)
- (ly:music?)
- (naturalize m))
-
-music = \relative c' { c4 d e g }
-
-\score {
- \new Staff {
- \transpose c ais { \music }
- \naturalizeMusic \transpose c ais { \music }
- \transpose c deses { \music }
- \naturalizeMusic \transpose c deses { \music }
- }
- \layout { }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
- texidoc = "
-The layout of grace expressions can be changed throughout the
-music using the functions @code{add-grace-property} and
-@code{remove-grace-property}. The following example undefines
-the @code{Stem} direction for this grace, so that stems do not
-always point up, and changes the default note heads to crosses.
-"
- doctitle = "Tweaking grace layout within music"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \new Staff {
- #(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
- #(add-grace-property 'Voice 'NoteHead 'style 'cross)
- \new Voice {
- \acciaccatura { f16 } g4
- \grace { d16[ e] } f4
- \appoggiatura { f,32[ g a] } e2
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms"
- texidoc = "
-The property @code{measureLength} determines where bar lines
-should be inserted and, with @code{beatLength} and
-@code{beatGrouping}, how automatic beams should be generated
-for beam durations and time signatures for which no beam-ending
-rules are defined. This example shows several ways of controlling
-beaming by setting these properties. The explanations are shown
-as comments in the code.
-"
- doctitle = "Using beatLength and beatGrouping"
-}
-
-\relative c'' {
- \time 3/4
- % The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups
- % each of a quarter note length
- a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
-
- \time 12/16
- % No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16
- a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
-
- \time 3/4
- % Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming
- \set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 . 16)
- a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
-
- % The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8
- % are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams
- % are grouped at beatLength intervals
- \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
- a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
-
- % Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes
- % 3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,
- % and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals
- \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
- \set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 3 2 3)
- a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
-
- % Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes
- % 3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies
- \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
- \set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3)
- a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "
-With the @code{\\tweak} command, every grob can be tuned directly. Here
-are some examples of available tweaks.
-"
- doctitle = "Using the @code{\\tweak} command to tweak individual grobs"
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- \time 2/4
- \set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
- <
- \tweak #'font-size #3 c
- \tweak #'color #red d-\tweak #'font-size #8 -4
- \tweak #'style #'cross g
- \tweak #'duration-log #2 a
- >2
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-%% Edit this file using a Unicode aware editor, such as GVIM, GEDIT, Emacs
-
-%{
-
-You may have to install additional fonts.
-
-Red Hat Fedora
-
- taipeifonts fonts-xorg-truetype ttfonts-ja fonts-arabic \
- ttfonts-zh_CN fonts-ja fonts-hebrew
-
-Debian GNU/Linux
-
- apt-get install emacs-intl-fonts xfonts-intl-.* \
- ttf-kochi-gothic ttf-kochi-mincho \
- xfonts-bolkhov-75dpi xfonts-cronyx-100dpi xfonts-cronyx-75dpi
-%}
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "text"
- texidoc = "Various scripts may be used for texts (like titles and
-lyrics) by entering them in UTF-8 encoding, and using a Pango based
-backend. Depending on the fonts installed, this fragment will
-render Bulgarian (Cyrillic), Hebrew, Japanese and Portuguese.
-"
- doctitle = "UTF-8"
-}
-
-% end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex
-% from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets
-% Cyrillic font
-bulgarian = \lyricmode {
- Жълтата дюля беше щастлива, че пухът, който цъфна, замръзна като гьон.
-}
-
-hebrew = \lyricmode {
- זה כיף סתם לשמוע איך תנצח קרפד עץ טוב בגן.
-}
-
-japanese = \lyricmode {
- いろはにほへど ちりぬるを
- わがよたれぞ つねならむ
- うゐのおくや まけふこえて
- あさきゆめみじ ゑひもせず
-}
-
-% "a legal song to you"
-portuguese = \lyricmode {
- à vo -- cê uma can -- ção legal
-}
-
-\relative c' {
- c2 d
- e2 f
- g2 f
- e1
-}
-\addlyrics { \bulgarian }
-\addlyrics { \hebrew }
-\addlyrics { \japanese }
-\addlyrics { \portuguese }
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation,chords"
- texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
-staff, volte can be put under chords."
- doctitle = "Volta under chords"
-}
-
-\score {
- <<
- \chords {
- c1
- c1
- }
- \new Staff \with {
- \consists "Volta_engraver"
- }
- {
- \repeat volta 2 { c'1 }
- \alternative { c' }
- }
- >>
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \remove "Volta_engraver"
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation"
- texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
-staff, volte can be put over staves other than the topmost
-one in a score."
- doctitle = "Volta multi-staff"
-}
-
-voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
- \repeat volta 2 {
- c1
- }
- \alternative {
- d1
- e
- }
-}
-
-<<
- \new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \voltaMusic
- \new Staff \voltaMusic
- >>
- \new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
- \voltaMusic
- \new Staff \voltaMusic
- >>
->>
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.12.0"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats"
- texidoc = "Though volte are best specified using
-@code{\\repeat volta}, the context property @code{repeatCommands}
-must be used in cases where the volta text needs more advanced
-formatting with @code{\\markup}.
-
-Since @code{repeatCommands} takes a list, the simplest method of
-including markup is to use an identifier for the text and embed
-it in the command list using the Scheme syntax
-@w{@code{#(list (list 'volta textIdentifier))}}. Start- and
-end-repeat commands can be added as separate list elements:"
-doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{repeatCommands}"
-}
-
-voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
-
-\relative c'' {
- c1
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaAdLib) 'start-repeat)
- c4 b d e
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
- f1
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
-}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.12.0"
+
+\header {
+ texidoc = "The presence of an accidental after a broken tie can be
+overridden."
+}
+\layout {
+ ragged-right = ##t
+}
+
+mus = \relative c' {
+ \override Accidental #'hide-tied-accidental-after-break = ##t
+ f1~
+ f2~f4 % ~ f8
+ fis8 gis8 ~
+ \break
+ gis1
+}
+
+<<
+ \new NoteNames \mus
+ \new Voice { \key g \major \mus }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.32"
+
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Don't allow scaled durations to confuse the tremolo beaming.
+The tremolos should each have 3 beams."
+}
+
+{
+ \time 3/4
+ \repeat tremolo 12 {e'32 f'}
+ \scaleDurations #'(3 . 4) {
+ \repeat tremolo 12 {e'32 f'} r4
+ }
+}
+
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al escribir un bajo cifrado, existe una forma de especificar si
queremos que las cifras se sitúen encima o debajo de las notas del
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Añadir un ámbito por voz"
texidoces = "
Se puede añadir un ámbito por cada voz. En este caso, el ámbito se
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al añadir un pentagrama nuevo en un salto de línea, por desgracia
se añade un espacio adicional al final de la línea antes del salto
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede añadir (posiblemente de forma temporal) un pentagrama
nuevo una vez que la pieza ha comenzado.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para añadir indicaciones de línea divisoria dentro del contexto de
los nombres de acorde @code{ChordNames}, incluya el grabador
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
+ texidoces = "
+La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
+comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
+que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
+corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
+inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
+derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
+quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
+estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
+código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
+expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
+valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir barras, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
+++ /dev/null
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
- texidoces = "
-La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
-comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
-que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
-corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
-inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
-derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
-quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
-estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
-código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
-expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
-valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir barras, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Mediante la utilización de las potentes herramientas preconfiguradas
como la función @code{\\drummode} y el contexto @code{DrumStaff}, la
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La función @code{\\parenthesize} es un truco especial que encierra
objetos entre paréntesis. El grob asociado es
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Con algo de código de Scheme, se puede añadir fácilmente la fecha
actual a una partitura.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
El grabador @code{Volta_engraver} reside de forma predeterminada
dentro del contexto de @code{Score}, y los corchetes de la repetición
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Voces adicionales para evitar colisiones"
texidoces = "
En ciertos casos de polifonía compleja, se necesitan voces adicionales
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código muestra cómo situar la línea de base de la
letra más cerca del pentagrama.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Puede ser necesario trucar la propiedad
@code{shortest-duration-space} para poder ajustar el tamaño de las
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La alineación horizontal de los nombres de instrumento se puede
trucar modificando la propiedad @code{Staff.InstrumentName
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los números de compás se alinean de forma predeterminada por la
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
+ texidoces = "
+La alineación horizontal de la letra se puede ajustar sobreescribiendo
+la propiedad @code{self-alignment-X} del objeto @code{LyricText}.
+@code{#-1} es izquierda, @code{#0} es centrado y @code{#1} es derecha;
+sin embargo, puede usar también @code{#LEFT}, @code{#CENTER} y
+@code{#RIGHT}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alineación de la letra"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Si están especificadas, las marcas de texto se pueden alinear con
objetos de notación distintos a las líneas divisorias. Entre estos
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 00e3a8264e138ad61b4f115a173190d5e9dc7533
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante el establecimiento de las propiedades de
+@code{NonMusicalPaperColumn} se puede ajustar el espaciado vertical en
+cada sistema.
+
+Ajustando @code{alignment-extra-space} o
+@code{fixed-alignment-extra-space} se puede ampliar verticalmente un
+sistema individual.
+
+Por razones técnicas, se debe usar @code{\\overrideProperty} para
+cambiar estas propiedades dentro de un pentagrama; aún se debe usar
+@code{\\override} dentro de un bloque @code{\\context} para las
+sobreescrituras globales.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Espaciado de la alineación vertical"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las cifras de digitación orientadas verticalmente se colocan de
forma predeterminada fuera del pentagrama. Sin embargo, este
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
texidoces = "
La adición del grabador @code{Ambitus_engraver} al contexto de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada se añaden corchetes de análisis sencillos
debajo del pentagrama. El ejemplo siguiente muestra una manera de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Aquí se muestran muchos de (¿o quizá todos?) los símbolos que
están contemplados por la capacidad de LilyPond para la música
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo muestra cómo hacer una transcripción moderna de canto
gregoriano. El canto gregoriano no tiene compás ni plicas; utiliza
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al transcribir música mensural, es útil un «incipit» al compienzo
de la pieza para indicar la tonalidad y el tempo
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las indicaciones de compás también se pueden grabar en estilo antiguo.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para las improvisaciones o @emph{taqasim} que son libres durante unos
momentos, se puede omitir la indicación de compás y se puede usar
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden subdividir las barras automáticamente. Estableciendo la
propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}, las barras se subdividen en
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
En un compás sencillo como 2/2 ó 4/4, las corcheas se barran de forma
predeterminada como dos grupos de cuatro.
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: f4b53f5b097f125eb3102e6fdcdb79734473c81c
+ texidoces = "
+Las digitaciones y los números de cuerda aplicados a notas
+individuales evitan a las barras automáticamente, pero de forma
+predeterminada esto no es cierto para las digitaciones y números
+de cuerda que se aplican a notas concretas de acordes. El ejemplo
+siguiente muestra cómo se puede sobreescribir este comportamiento
+predeterminado:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Evitar colisiones entre digitaciones de acordes y barras de corchea"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 98dc713cb34b498f145badf23d14957367a19ece
+ texidocfr = "
+Les doigtés et les numéros de cordes attachés à des notes seules
+évitent automatiquement les barres de ligature, mais ce n'est pas le cas par
+défaut pour les doigtés ou numéros de cordes attachés aux notes d'un
+accord. L'exemple qui suit montre comment ce comportement par défaut
+peut être corrigé.
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Éviter les collisions entre les doigtés d'accords et les ligatures"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+ texidocde = "
+Fingersatz und Saitennummern, die zu einzelnen Noten hinzugefügt werden, vermeiden
+automatisch Hälse und Balken, aber das gilt nicht für Noten von Akkorden.
+Das Beispiel zeigt, wie dieses Verhalten verändert werden kann.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Vermeidung von Zusammenstößen bei Fingersatz in Akkorden"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las reglas de final de barra especificadas en el contexto
@code{Score} se aplican a todos los pentagramas, pero se pueden
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
No está especificada ninguna agrupación predeterminada automática
de las barras para el compás de 7/8, de forma que si se requieren
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Normalmente están prohibidos los saltos de línea si las barras
atraviesan las líneas divisorias. Se puede cambiar este
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\\whiteout} intercala un rectángulo blanco
debajo de un elemento de marcado. Este rectángulo blanco no tapa
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para hacer invisibles partes de un regulador de crescendo, se usa
el método de dibujar un rectángulo blanco encima de la parte
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
A veces se denota una «cesura» mediante una doble marca de respiración
parecida a las vías del tren, con un calderón encima. Este fragmento
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo proporciona una función para tipografiar un regulador
con texto por debajo, como \"molto\" o \"poco\". El ejemplo
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para hacer más pequeño el círculo de @code{\\flageolet} (armónico)
utilice la siguiente función de Scheme.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden modificar notas individuales de un acorde con la
instrucción @code{\\tweak}, alterando la propiedad
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se insertan automáticamente barras en ángulo cuando se detecta un
intervalo muy grande entre las notas. Se puede hacer un ajuste
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede establecer el separador entre las distintas partes del
nombre de un acorde para que sea cualquier elemento de marcado.
+++ /dev/null
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- doctitlees = "Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás"
- texidoces = "
-Si hay diez compases de silencio o menos, se imprime en el pentagrama
-una serie de silencios de breve y longa (conocidos en alemán como
-\"Kirchenpausen\", «silencios eclesiásticos»); en caso contrario se
-muestra una barra normal. Este número predeterminado de diez se
-puede cambiar sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{expand-limit}:
-
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
- texidocde = "
-Wenn zehn oder weniger Pausentakte vorkommen, wird eine Reihe von Longa-
-und Brevispausen (auch Kirchenpausen genannt) gesetzt, bei mehr Takten
-wird eine Line mit der Taktanzahl ausgegeben. Der vorgegebene Wert von
-zehn kann geändert werden, indem man die @code{expand-limit}-Eigenschaft
-setzt:
-"
- doctitlede = "Die Erscheinung von Pausentakten ändern"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
-texidocfr = "
-Dans le cas où ce silence dure mois de dix mesures, LilyPond imprime sur
-la portée des @qq{ silences d'église } -- @emph{Kirchenpause} en
-allemand -- et qui sont une simple suite de rectangles. La propriété
-@code{expand-limit} permet d'obtenir un silence unique :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modifier l'apparence d'un silence multi-mesures"
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás"
+ texidoces = "
+Si hay diez compases de silencio o menos, se imprime en el pentagrama
+una serie de silencios de breve y longa (conocidos en alemán como
+\"Kirchenpausen\", «silencios eclesiásticos»); en caso contrario se
+muestra una barra normal. Este número predeterminado de diez se
+puede cambiar sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{expand-limit}:
+
+"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
+ texidocde = "
+Wenn zehn oder weniger Pausentakte vorkommen, wird eine Reihe von Longa-
+und Brevispausen (auch Kirchenpausen genannt) gesetzt, bei mehr Takten
+wird eine Line mit der Taktanzahl ausgegeben. Der vorgegebene Wert von
+zehn kann geändert werden, indem man die @code{expand-limit}-Eigenschaft
+setzt:
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Erscheinung von Pausentakten ändern"
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
+texidocfr = "
+Dans le cas où ce silence dure mois de dix mesures, LilyPond imprime sur
+la portée des @qq{ silences d'église } -- @emph{Kirchenpause} en
+allemand -- et qui sont une simple suite de rectangles. La propriété
+@code{expand-limit} permet d'obtenir un silence unique :
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Modifier l'apparence d'un silence multi-mesures"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al producir una salida MIDI, el comportamiento predeterminado es
que cada pentagrama representa un canal MIDI, con todas las voces
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al utilizar la posibilidad de combinación automática de partes, se
puede modificar el texto que se imprime para las secciones de solo
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede modificar el texto empleado para los crescendos y
decrescendos modificando las propiedades de contexto
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las ligaduras de expresión de
continuas a punteadas o intermitentes.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
El glifo de la marca de respiración se puede ajustar
sobreescribiendo la propiedad de texto del objeto de presentación
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La nomenclatura inglesa (predeterminada) para los acordes del
cifrado americano se puede cambiar por la alemana
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las alteraciones y los signos «más» pueden aparecer antes o
después de los números, según el valor de las propiedades
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para cambiar el tempo en la salida MIDI sin
imprimir nada, hacemos invisible la indicación metronómica:
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\time} establece las propiedades
@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, @code{beatGrouping} y
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Cambiar el número del grupo especial"
texidoces = "
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
+@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
+línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
+@code{\\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
+duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
+caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
+@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
+El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
+@code{\\scaleDurations}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\\scaleDurations}"
+++ /dev/null
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- texidoces = "
-La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
-@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
-línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
-@code{\\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
-duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
-caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
-@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
-El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
-@code{\\scaleDurations}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\\scaleDurations}"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este tipo de notación se utiliza para el canto de los Salmos, en
que las estrofas no siempre tienen la misma longitud.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede usar la propiedad @code{chordNameExceptions} para
almacenar una lista de notaciones espaciales para acordes
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede hacer que los diagramas de posiciones se muestren sólo
cuando el acorde cambia o al comienzo de una nueva línea.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los «clusters» o racimos son un mecanismo para indicar la
interpretación de un ámbito de notas al mismo tiempo.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Ciertas indicaciones dinámicas pueden llevar textos (como \"più
forte\" o \"piano subito\"). Se pueden producir usando un
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La herramienta de combinación de partes ( instrucción
@code{\\partcombine}) permite la combinación de varias partes
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Indicaciones de compases compuestos"
texidoces = "
Las indicaciones de compás poco frecuentes como \"5/8\" se pueden
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las opciones para agrupar los pulsos de un compás están a nuestra
disposición a través de la función de Scheme
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede tipografiar un gissando contemporáneo sin nota final
utilizando una nota oculta y temporalización de cadenza.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede controlar con precisión la colocación de los números de digitación.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
El orden vertical que ocupan las inscripciones gráficas está
controlado con la propiedad @code{'script-priority}. Cuanto más
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La creación de un grupeto circular de anticipación entre dos notas,
donde la nota inferior del grupeto utiliza una alteración, requiere
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
En una música que tenga muchas apariciones de la
misma secuencia de notas a distintas alturas, podría ser de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede trazar un símbolo de arpegio entre notas de distintas
voces que están sobre el mismo pentagrama si el grabador
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para crear pentagramas en blanco, genere compases vacíos y después
elimine el grabador de números de compás
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Dentro de un @code{PianoStaff}, es posible hacer que un arpegio
cruce entre los pentagramas ajustando la propiedad
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de
contextos distintos a @code{PianoStaff} si se incluye el grabador
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden crear indicaciones metronómicas nuevas en modo de
marcado, pero no cambian el tempo en la salida MIDI.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Aunque la manera más fácil de añadir paréntesis a una indicación
de dinámica es utilizar un bloque @code{\\markup}, este método
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
A diferencia de las inscripciones de texto, las lestras de ensayo
no se pueden apilar en un punto concreto de la partitura: sólo se
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
En determinadas situaciones es necesario crear ligaduras de
expresión entre notas que están en voces distintas.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las instrucciones @code{\\startTextSpan} y @code{\\stopTextSpan}
permiten la creación de elementos de extensión textuales tan
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden tipografiar «custos» en diferentes estilos.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
posiciones de acordes por medio de @code{'fret-diagram-details}.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
posiciones a través de @code{'fret-diagram-details}. Para los
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea
del pentagrama está determinada por la propiedad
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden añadir diagramas de posiciones predefinidas para
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Si hay un solo pentagrama en un de los tipos de sistema
@code{ChoirStaff} o @code{StaffGroup}, el comportamiento
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Alteraciones de estilo dodecafónico para todas las notas, incluidas las naturales"
texidoces = "
En las obras de principios del s.XX, empezando por Schoenberg, Berg y
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede insertar códico PostScript directamente dentro de un
bloque @code{\\markup}.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Del problema central de la notación, esto es, crear un determinado
símbolo, se encargan los «plugins» o complementos añadidos. Cada
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Grabado manual de las ligaduras"
texidoces = "
Se pueden grabar a mano las ligaduras modificando la propiedad
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Escribir varios grupos especiales usando una sola instrucción \\times"
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{tupletSpannerDuration} establece cuánto debe durar
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
En este ejemplo se combinan las digitaciones de la mano izquierda,
indicaciones del número de cuerda y digitaciones de la mano
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Son posibles tanto los corchetes rectos sobre notas sueltas como
extremos de barra sueltos en figuras unidas, con una combinación de
@code{stemLeftBeamCount}, @code{stemRightBeamCount} e indicadores de
-barra @code{[]} emparejados.
+barra @code{[ ]} emparejados.
Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la derecha sobre notas sueltas,
use indicadores de barra emparejados @code{[]} y establezca
A veces, para una nota suelta rodeada de silencios tiene sentido que
lleve los dos extremos sueltos del corchete plano, apuntando a derecha
e izquierda. Hágalo solamente con indicadores de barra emparejados
-@code{[]} (ejemplo 4).
+@code{[ ]} (ejemplo 4).
(Observe que @code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount} siempre equivale a
@code{\\once \\set}. En otras palabras, los ajustes de la cantidad de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Forzar el desplazamiento horizontal de las notas"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código basado en Scheme genera
24 notas aleatorias (o tantas como se necesiten), basándose en la
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las líneas de rejilla
sobreescribiendo algunas de sus propiedades.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden trazar líneas verticales normales entre pentagramas para
mostrar la relación entre notas; sin embargo, en caso de música
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los patrones de barrado se pueden alterar con la propiedad
@code{beatGrouping}:
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para la música de guitarra, es posible mostrar los ritmos de rasgueo,
además de las notas de la melodía, acordes y diagramas de posiciones.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los cambios de dinámica con estilo de texto (como cresc. y dim.)
se imprimen con una línea intermitente que muestra su alcance.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los «incipit» se pueden escribir utilizando el grob del nombre del
instruemento, pero manteniendo independientes las definiciones del
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Un corchete de arpegio puede indicar que se tienen que tocadr con la
misma mano notas que están en dos pentagramas distintos. Para hacerlo,
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las marcas de cesura se pueden crear sobreescribiendo la propiedad
@code{'text} del objeto @code{BreathingSign}. También está disponible
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
También se pueden imprimir símbolos de porcentaje sueltos. Esto se
hace introduciendo un silencio multicompás con una función de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Ésta es una plantilla bastante avanzada, para un conjunto de
jazz. Observe que la notación de todos los instrumentos está en
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden aplicar puntas de flecha a los elementos de extensión de
texto y de línea (como el Glissando).
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La alineación horizontal de la letra se puede ajustar sobreescribiendo
la propiedad @code{self-alignment-X} del objeto @code{LyricText}.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
El «Makam» es un tipo de melodía de Turquía que
utiliza alteraciones microtonales de 1/9 de tono. Consulte el
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las ligaduras de expresión se pueden construir con patrones de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede engrosar una línea del pentagrama con fines pedagógicos
(p.ej. la tercera línea o la de la clave de Sol). Esto se puede
herangezogen.
"
- doctitlede = "Eine Linie des Notensystems dicker als die anderen machen"
\ No newline at end of file
+ doctitlede = "Eine Linie des Notensystems dicker als die anderen machen"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código proporciona una solución alternativa a la
producción de contadores de compás utilizando repeticiones
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La disposición «mensurstriche» en que las líneas divisorias no
están dibujadas sobre los pentagramas, sino entre ellos, se puede
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las abreviaturas se encuentran definidas dentro del archivo
@code{ly/script-init.ly}, donde las variables @code{dashHat},
+++ /dev/null
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
-texidoces = "
-Los elementos de marcado aplicados a un silencio multicompás se
-centran encima o debajo de éste. Los elementos de marcado extensos
-que se adjuntan a silencios multicompás no producen la expansión del
-compás. Para expandir un silencio multicompás de forma que quepa todo
-el marcado, utilice un silencio de separación con un marcado aplicado
-antes del silencio multicompás.
-
-Observe que el silencio separador produce la inserción de un compás.
-El texto aplicado a un siencio sparador de esta forma se alinea por la
-izquierda a la posición en que la nota estaría situada dentro del
-compás, pero si la longitud del compás está determinada por la
-longitud del texto, éste aparecerá centrado.
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Marcado de silencios multicompás"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
- texidocde = "Textbeschriftungen, die an Mehrtaktpausen gehängt wird,
-wird über oder unter der Pause zentriert. Lange Beschriftungen
-lassen den Takt nicht breiter werden. Um eine Mehrtaktpause einer
-Beschriftung anzupassen, muss eine unsichtbare Pause mit der
-Beschriftung direkt vor der Mehrtkatpause eingesetzt werden.
-
-Man sollte beachten, dass unsichtbare Pausen automatische Taktstriche
-nach sich ziehen. Text, der an eine unsichtbare Pause gehänt wird,
-ist links ausgerichtet an der Position, wo die Pause erscheinen
-würde. Wenn aber die Länge des Taktes durch die Länge des Textes
-bestimmt wird, sieht es so aus, als ob der Text zentriert gesetzt
-ist."
-
- doctitlede = "Textbeschriftung und Mehrtaktpausen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque du texte est attaché à un silence multi-mesures, il sera centré
-dans la mesure, au-dessus ou en dessous de la portée. Afin d'étirer la
-mesure dans le cas ou ce texte est relativement long, il suffit
-d'insérer un silence invisible auquel on attache le texte en question,
-avant le silence multi-mesures.
-
-Rappelez-vous qu'un silence invisible génère une barre de mesure. Le
-texte attaché à ce silence invisible sera alors aligné sur la gauche de
-là où serait positionnée la note. Cependant, si la taille de la mesure
-est déterminée par la longueur du texte, il apparaîtra comme centré.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de texte à un silence multi-mesures"
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
+texidoces = "
+Los elementos de marcado aplicados a un silencio multicompás se
+centran encima o debajo de éste. Los elementos de marcado extensos
+que se adjuntan a silencios multicompás no producen la expansión del
+compás. Para expandir un silencio multicompás de forma que quepa todo
+el marcado, utilice un silencio de separación con un marcado aplicado
+antes del silencio multicompás.
+
+Observe que el silencio separador produce la inserción de un compás.
+El texto aplicado a un siencio sparador de esta forma se alinea por la
+izquierda a la posición en que la nota estaría situada dentro del
+compás, pero si la longitud del compás está determinada por la
+longitud del texto, éste aparecerá centrado.
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Marcado de silencios multicompás"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: 0364058d18eb91836302a567c18289209d6e9706
+ texidocde = "Textbeschriftungen, die an Mehrtaktpausen gehängt wird,
+wird über oder unter der Pause zentriert. Lange Beschriftungen
+lassen den Takt nicht breiter werden. Um eine Mehrtaktpause einer
+Beschriftung anzupassen, muss eine unsichtbare Pause mit der
+Beschriftung direkt vor der Mehrtkatpause eingesetzt werden.
+
+Man sollte beachten, dass unsichtbare Pausen automatische Taktstriche
+nach sich ziehen. Text, der an eine unsichtbare Pause gehänt wird,
+ist links ausgerichtet an der Position, wo die Pause erscheinen
+würde. Wenn aber die Länge des Taktes durch die Länge des Textes
+bestimmt wird, sieht es so aus, als ob der Text zentriert gesetzt
+ist."
+
+ doctitlede = "Textbeschriftung und Mehrtaktpausen"
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
+ texidocfr = "
+Lorsque du texte est attaché à un silence multi-mesures, il sera centré
+dans la mesure, au-dessus ou en dessous de la portée. Afin d'étirer la
+mesure dans le cas ou ce texte est relativement long, il suffit
+d'insérer un silence invisible auquel on attache le texte en question,
+avant le silence multi-mesures.
+
+Rappelez-vous qu'un silence invisible génère une barre de mesure. Le
+texte attaché à ce silence invisible sera alors aligné sur la gauche de
+là où serait positionnée la note. Cependant, si la taille de la mesure
+est déterminée par la longueur du texte, il apparaîtra comme centré.
+
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Ajout de texte à un silence multi-mesures"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede utilizar la propiedad
@code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} para crear grupos de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
LilyPond también proporciona funciones de formato para imprimir
números de grupo especial diferentes a la propia fracción, así
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
texidoces = "
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
+ texidoces = "
+
+Esta plantilla muestra el uso de contextos @code{StaffGroup} y
+@code{GrandStaff} anidados para sub-agrupar instrumentos del mismo
+tipo, y el uso de @code{\\transpose} para los instrumentos
+transpositores. Toda la música que está dentro de variables se
+almacena en Do. La música se puede introducir en Do, o (de forma
+alternativa) escribirse en el tono del instrumento y transportada
+a Do antes de ser asignada a una variable.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano"
+++ /dev/null
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
- texidoces = "
-
-Esta plantilla muestra el uso de contextos @code{StaffGroup} y
-@code{GrandStaff} anidados para sub-agrupar instrumentos del mismo
-tipo, y el uso de @code{\\transpose} para los instrumentos
-transpositores. Toda la música que está dentro de variables se
-almacena en Do. La música se puede introducir en Do, o (de forma
-alternativa) escribirse en el tono del instrumento y transportada
-a Do antes de ser asignada a una variable.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Internamente, @code{\\ottava} establece las propiedades
@code{ottavation} (por ejemplo, a @code{\"8va\"} o a
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden mostrar los contadores de las repeticiones del tipo
porcentaje a intervalos regulares mediante el establecimiento de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las repeticiones de compases completos mayores de dos repeticiones
pueden llevar un contador si se activa la propiedad adecuada, como se
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Permitir saltos de línea dentro de grupos especiales con barra"
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo artificial muestra cómo se pueden permitir tanto los
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Presentamos a continuación una plantilla de piano sencilla con algunas
notas.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Muchas partituras de piano tienen las indicaciones dinámicas
centradas entre los dos pentagramas. Esto requiere un poco de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
En lugar de tener un pentagrama dedicado a la melodía y la letra, ésta
se puede centrar entre los pentagramas de un sistema de piano.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
He aquí el típico formato dde una canción: un pentagrama con la
melodía y la letra, y el acompañamiento de piano por debajo.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Es posible ejercer un mayor control sobre la colocación de las
digitaciones de la mano derecha estableciendo el valor de una
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La polifonía se crea de la misma forma en un @code{TabStaff} que
en una pauta normal.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al establecer la propiedad @code{'strict-grace-spacing} hacemos
%% Translation of GIT committish: 13ac9d1dfbcc297166948ee396e9ade078d2446e
texidocde = "
Wenn man die Eigenschaft @code{'strict-grace-spacing} aktiviert,
-werden die Verzierungsnoten "fließend" gemacht, d.h. sie sind
+werden die Verzierungsnoten \"fließend\" gemacht, d.h. sie sind
von den normalen Noten los gekoppelt: Zuerst werden die normalen
Noten platziert, dann erst die Verzierungen links von der
Hauptnote gesetzt.
+++ /dev/null
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
-
- doctitlees = "Posicionar los silencios multicompás"
- texidoces = "
-A diferencia de los silencios normales, no existe una instrucción
-predefinida para modificar la posición predeterminada de un
-símbolo de silencio multicompás sobre el pentagrama, adjuntándolo
-a una nota, independientemente de cuál sea su forma. Sin embargo,
-en la música polifónica los silencios multicompás de las voces de
-numeración par e impar están separados verticalmente. La
-colocación de los silencios multicompás se puede controlar como se
-ve a continuación:
-
-"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
-
-texidocde = "
-Anders als bei normalen Pausen gibt es keinen direkten Befehl, um die
-vertikale Position von Ganztaktpausen zu beeinflussen, indem man sie an
-eine Tonhöhe anhängt. In polyphoner Notation wird aber dennoch die
-Position der Pausen von geraden und ungeraden Stimmen voneinander
-unterschieden. Die Position von Ganztaktpausen kann wie folgt verändert
-werden:
- "
- doctitlede = "Positionierung von Ganztaktpausen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
- texidocfr = "
-Si l'on peut positionner verticalement un silence simple en le
-rattachant à une note, il n'en va pas de même pur un silence
-multi-mesure. Néanmoins, et uniquement dans le cadre de musique
-polyphonique, les silences multi-mesures sont positionnées différemment
-selon qu'ils appartiennent à une voix au numéro pair ou impair. Le
-positionnement des silences multi-mesures peut se contrôler ainsi :
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement des silences multi-mesures"
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
+ doctitlees = "Posicionar los silencios multicompás"
+ texidoces = "
+A diferencia de los silencios normales, no existe una instrucción
+predefinida para modificar la posición predeterminada de un
+símbolo de silencio multicompás sobre el pentagrama, adjuntándolo
+a una nota, independientemente de cuál sea su forma. Sin embargo,
+en la música polifónica los silencios multicompás de las voces de
+numeración par e impar están separados verticalmente. La
+colocación de los silencios multicompás se puede controlar como se
+ve a continuación:
+
+"
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b4f6b5ad66d016c312cddc8d4026ad852f9a7c36
+
+texidocde = "
+Anders als bei normalen Pausen gibt es keinen direkten Befehl, um die
+vertikale Position von Ganztaktpausen zu beeinflussen, indem man sie an
+eine Tonhöhe anhängt. In polyphoner Notation wird aber dennoch die
+Position der Pausen von geraden und ungeraden Stimmen voneinander
+unterschieden. Die Position von Ganztaktpausen kann wie folgt verändert
+werden:
+ "
+ doctitlede = "Positionierung von Ganztaktpausen"
+
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish: e71f19ad847d3e94ac89750f34de8b6bb28611df
+ texidocfr = "
+Si l'on peut positionner verticalement un silence simple en le
+rattachant à une note, il n'en va pas de même pur un silence
+multi-mesure. Néanmoins, et uniquement dans le cadre de musique
+polyphonique, les silences multi-mesures sont positionnées différemment
+selon qu'ils appartiennent à une voix au numéro pair ou impair. Le
+positionnement des silences multi-mesures peut se contrôler ainsi :
+"
+ doctitlefr = "Positionnement des silences multi-mesures"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los elementos de marcado de texto deben tener la propiedad
@code{extraNatural} du contexte @code{Staff} à la valeur @code{##f} (faux).
"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Evitar que se añadan becuadros adicionales automáticamente"
texidoces = "
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Evitar que se impriman becuadros cuando cambia la armadura"
texidoces = "
Cuando cambia la armadura de la tonalidad, se imprimen becuadros
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede imprimir una línea divisoria de la forma @code{|:} al
principio de la pieza, sobreescribiendo la propiedad correspondiente:
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden imprimir los números de compás a intervalos regulares
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los números de compás también se pueden imprimir dentro de rectángulos o de circunferencias.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden imprimir reguladores con un círculo en la punta
(notación «al niente») estableciendo la propiedad
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las marcas se pueden imprimir al final de la línea actual, en vez de
al comienzo de la línea siguiente. Esto es útil principalmente cuando
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Aunque normalmente las marcas de texto sólo se imprimen sobre el
pentagrama superior, también se pueden imprimir en otro pentagrama
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada, las indicaciones metronómicas y las
letras de ensayo se imprimen encima del pentagrama. Para
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada se suprime el número del primer compás de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la transposición de la fuente
tanto como la del destino. En este ejemplo, todos los
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{quotedEventTypes} determina los tipos de
eventos musicales que resultan citados. El valor predeterminado
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los valores predeterminados para las notas de adorno están
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden eliminar completamente los números de compás quitando el
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
El primer pentagrama vacío también se puede suprimir de la
partitura estableciendo la propiedad @code{remove-first} de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
texidoces = "
Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Para tipografiar las barras agrupadas en la forma @code{3-4-3-2}
en 12/8, en primer lugar tenemos que sobreescribir los finales de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Si la nota que da fin a un regulador cae sobre la primera parte de
un compás, el regulador se detiene en la línea divisoria
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Si los reguladores son demasiado cortos, se pueden alargar
modificando la propiedad @code{minimum-length} del objeto
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
De forma predeterminada, los corchetes de primera y segunda vez se
trazan encima de los finales alternativos completos, pero es posible
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se pueden imprimir los acordes exclusivamente al comienzo de las
líneas y cuando cambia el acorde.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Al juntar nombres de acorde en cifrado americano, melodía y letra,
obtenemos una hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet»:
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla facilita la preparación de una canción con melodía,
letra y acordes.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Presentamos a continuación un ejemplo de plantilla para una hoja
guía de acordes con melodía, letra, acordes y diagramas de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
¿Quiere preparar una hoja guía de acordes (o «lead sheet») con
melodía y acordes? ¡No busque más!
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Esta pequeña plantilla muestra una melodía sencilla con letra. Córtela
y péguela, escriba las notas y luego la letra. Este ejemplo desactiva
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla simple prepara un pentagrama con notas, adecuado para
un instrumento solista o un fragmento melódico. Córtelo y péguelo en
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Marca de pizzicato de chasquido (@q{pizzicato de Bartók})"
texidoces = "
El pizzicato de chasquido (también llamado @q{Pizzicato de Bartók}) es un
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Mediante la especificación del contexto, el efecto de
@code{beatGrouping} puede limitarse al contexto especificado, y
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Los textos independientes se pueden disponer en varias columnas
utilizando instrucciones @code{\\markup}:
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La dirección de las plicas se contola de la misma forma en la
tablatura que en la notación tradicional. Las barras se pueden
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla muestra un cuarteto de cuerda normal. También utiliza
una sección @code{\\global} para el compás y la armadura
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
El fragmento de código \"Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda\" produce un
resultado satisfactorio para el cuarteto, pero ¿y si tenemos que
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las barras de semicorcheas (o notas más breves) seguidas no se
subdividen de forma predeterminada. Esto es: las tres (o más)
--- /dev/null
+%% Translation of GIT committish: dff50e8e1d3134657a6b6203b9c93826dc4cef65
+ texidoces = "
+Cuando dos o más glissandi se cruzan, aparece un mensaje de
+advertencia \"se ignoran demasiadas columnas de notas que chocan
+entre sí\" al procesar el archivo de LilyPond. He aquí una forma
+de evitar este mensaje.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Suprimir las advertencias del compilador cuando se cruzan dos glissandos"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
A modo de alternativa para obtener auténticos «incipit»
independientes de la partitura principal, se incluyen como
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Transportar música con el menor número de alteraciones"
texidoces = "
Este ejemplo utiliza código de Scheme para forzar las
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La disposición de las expresiones de adorno se puede cambiar a lo
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Se puede usar el delimitador de comienzo de un sistema
@code{SystemStartSquare} estableciéndolo explícitamente dentro de
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{measureLength} determina dónde se deben insertar
líneas divisorias y, con @code{beatLength} y @code{beatGrouping}, cómo
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0ead6a9062687a17d199f72b2d94f0d9fbd1e591
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Algunos compositores escriben dos ligaduras cuando quieren acordes
legato. Esto se puede conseguir estableciendo @code{doubleSlurs}.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Es posible aplicar la barrita que cruza la barra de las
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
doctitlees = "Uso de ligaduras en los arpegios"
texidoces = "
En ocasiones se usan ligaduras de unión para escribir los arpegios.
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Mediante el establecimiento de la propiedad @code{'Y-extent} a un valor
adecuado, todos los objetos @code{DynamicLineSpanner} (reguladores e
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Las expresiones dinámicas que se comienzan, terminan o se producen
en la misma nota se alinean verticalmente. Para asegurar que las
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Este fragmento de código muestra el uso de las propiedades de
contexto @code{alignBelowContext} y @code{alignAboveContext} para
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla añade una reducción de piano automática a la partitura
vocal SATB estándar que se mostró en la \"Plantilla de conjunto
ピアノ譜を付け加えています。これは LilyPond の強みの 1 つを示しています - 音楽@c
定義を何回も使用することができます。ボーカルの音符 (例えば、@code{tenorMusic}
の音符) に変更が加えられた場合、その変更はピアノ譜にも適用されます。
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Esta plantilla es, básicamente, la misma que la sencilla plantilla
\"Conjunto vocal\", excepto que aquí todas las líneas de letra se
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 70f455b078620f842672c64c66d87a08158a24ac
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
He aquí una partitura vocal estándar para cuatro voces SATB. Con
grupos mayores, suele ser útil incluir una sección que aparezca en
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 740b9a6c16eb30a84b216d23aeb848aa1b632be6
+%% Translation of GIT committish: b2d4318d6c53df8469dfa4da09b27c15a374d0ca
texidoces = "
Mediante la adición del grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
pentagrama pertinente, se pueden poner los corchetes de primera y
if (to_boolean (me->get_property ("forced"))
|| !unsmob_grob (me->get_object ("tie"))
- || rank == start + 1) /* we are at the start of a line */
+ || (rank == start + 1 && /* we are at the start of a line */
+ !to_boolean (me->get_property ("hide-tied-accidental-after-break"))))
{
Stencil *s = unsmob_stencil (get_stencil (me));
if (s)
Grob *me = unsmob_grob (smob);
Grob *tie = unsmob_grob (me->get_object ("tie"));
- if (tie && !tie->original ()
- && !to_boolean (me->get_property ("forced")))
+ if (tie &&
+ (to_boolean (me->get_property ("hide-tied-accidental-after-break"))
+ || (!tie->original () && !to_boolean (me->get_property ("forced")))))
{
me->suicide ();
return SCM_EOL;
"alteration "
"avoid-slur "
"forced "
+ "glyph-name-alist "
+ "hide-tied-accidental-after-break "
"parenthesized "
"restore-first "
- "glyph-name-alist "
"tie "
);
}
}
+ // So far, we've computed the translates for all the non-empty elements.
+ // Here, we set the translates for the empty elements: an empty element
+ // gets the same translation as the last non-empty element before it.
vector<Real> all_translates;
-
if (!translates.empty ())
{
Real w = translates[0];
paper_book->paper_->parent_ = parent_part->paper_;
}
paper_book->header_ = header_;
+ scaled_bookdef->unprotect ();
if (scm_is_pair (bookparts_))
{
/*
- break-align-interface.cc -- implement Break_alignment_interface
+ break-alignment-interface.cc -- implement Break_alignment_interface
source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
SCM
Break_aligned_interface::calc_break_visibility (SCM smob)
{
- /* a BreakAlignGroup is break-visible iff it has one element that is break-visible */
+ /* a BreakAlignGroup is break-visible if it has one element that is break-visible */
Grob *me = unsmob_grob (smob);
SCM ret = scm_c_make_vector (3, SCM_EOL);
extract_grob_set (me, "elements", elts);
}
ADD_INTERFACE (Break_alignable_interface,
- "Object that is aligned on a break aligment.",
+ "Object that is aligned on a break alignment.",
/* properties */
"break-align-symbols "
);
ADD_INTERFACE (Break_alignment_interface,
- "The object that performs break aligment. See"
+ "The object that performs break alignment. See"
" @ref{break-aligned-interface}.",
/* properties */
protected:
Stream_event *repeat_;
- int flags_;
- // number of beams for short tremolos
- int expected_beam_count_;
// current direction of beam (first RIGHT, then LEFT)
Direction beam_dir_;
Spanner *beam_;
+
protected:
virtual void finalize ();
void process_music ();
{
beam_ = 0;
repeat_ = 0;
- flags_ = 0;
- expected_beam_count_ = 0;
beam_dir_ = CENTER;
}
{
if (ASSIGN_EVENT_ONCE (repeat_, ev))
{
- int type = scm_to_int (ev->get_property ("tremolo-type"));
- /* e.g. 1 for type 8, 2 for type 16 */
- flags_ = intlog2 (type) - 2;
- expected_beam_count_ = scm_to_int (ev->get_property ("expected-beam-count"));
beam_dir_ = RIGHT;
}
}
ev->origin ()->warning (_ ("No tremolo to end"));
repeat_ = 0;
beam_ = 0;
- expected_beam_count_ = 0;
beam_dir_ = CENTER;
}
}
{
if (beam_)
{
- Grob *s = info.grob ();
+ int tremolo_type = robust_scm2int (repeat_->get_property ("tremolo-type"), 1);
+ int flags = max (0, intlog2 (tremolo_type) - 2);
+ int repeat_count = robust_scm2int (repeat_->get_property ("repeat-count"), 1);
+ int gap_count = min (flags, intlog2 (repeat_count) + 1);
- Stem::set_beaming (s, flags_, beam_dir_);
+ Grob *s = info.grob ();
+ Stem::set_beaming (s, flags, beam_dir_);
if (Stem::duration_log (s) != 1)
- beam_->set_property ("gap-count", scm_from_int (flags_ - expected_beam_count_));
+ beam_->set_property ("gap-count", scm_from_int (gap_count));
if (beam_dir_ == RIGHT)
{
if (elt_count <= 0)
elt_count = 1;
-
- Rational total_dur = l.main_part_;
- Rational note_dur = total_dur / Rational (elt_count * Repeated_music::repeat_count (mus));
-
- SCM tremolo_type = scm_int2num (note_dur.den ());
- int expected_beaming_ = max (0, (intlog2 (total_dur.den ()) - intlog2 (total_dur.num () + 1) - 1));
if (elt_count == 1)
{
Music *ev = make_music_by_name (ly_symbol2scm ("TremoloEvent"));
ev->set_spot (*origin);
- ev->set_property ("tremolo-type", tremolo_type);
+ ev->set_property ("repeat-count", mus->get_property ("repeat-count"));
+ ev->set_property ("tremolo-type", mus->get_property ("tremolo-type"));
return scm_list_2 (ev->unprotect (), body->self_scm ());
}
else
Music *stop_event = unsmob_music (stop_event_scm);
start_event->set_spot (*origin);
stop_event->set_spot (*origin);
- start_event->set_property ("tremolo-type", tremolo_type);
- start_event->set_property ("expected-beam-count", scm_int2num (expected_beaming_));
+ start_event->set_property ("repeat-count", mus->get_property ("repeat-count"));
+ start_event->set_property ("tremolo-type", mus->get_property ("tremolo-type"));
return scm_list_3 (start_event_scm, body->self_scm (), stop_event_scm);
}
/* Internationalisation kludge in two steps:
* use _i () to get entry in POT file
- * call gettext () explicitely for actual "translation" */
+ * call gettext () explicitly for actual "translation" */
static Long_option_init options_static[]
= {
#include "paper-book.hh"
#include "grob.hh"
+#include "international.hh"
#include "main.hh"
#include "output-def.hh"
#include "paper-column.hh"
if (get_program_option ("print-pages"))
{
- SCM func = scm_c_module_lookup (mod, "output-framework");
-
- func = scm_variable_ref (func);
- scm_apply_0 (func, scm_list_n (output_channel,
- self_scm (),
- scopes,
- dump_fields (),
- SCM_UNDEFINED));
+ SCM framework = ly_module_lookup (mod, ly_symbol2scm ("output-framework"));
+
+ if (framework != SCM_BOOL_F)
+ {
+ SCM func = scm_variable_ref (framework);
+ scm_apply_0 (func, scm_list_n (output_channel,
+ self_scm (),
+ scopes,
+ dump_fields (),
+ SCM_UNDEFINED));
+ }
+ else
+ warning (_f ("program option -dprint-pages not supported by backend `%s'",
+ get_output_backend_name ()));
}
if (get_program_option ("preview"))
{
- SCM func = scm_c_module_lookup (mod, "output-preview-framework");
- func = scm_variable_ref (func);
- scm_apply_0 (func, scm_list_n (output_channel,
- self_scm (),
- scopes,
- dump_fields (),
- SCM_UNDEFINED));
+ SCM framework = ly_module_lookup (mod, ly_symbol2scm ("output-preview-framework"));
+
+ if (framework != SCM_BOOL_F)
+ {
+ SCM func = scm_variable_ref (framework);
+ scm_apply_0 (func, scm_list_n (output_channel,
+ self_scm (),
+ scopes,
+ dump_fields (),
+ SCM_UNDEFINED));
+ }
+ else
+ warning (_f ("program option -dpreview not supported by backend `%s'",
+ get_output_backend_name ()));
}
}
string
expand_environment_variables (string orig)
{
- const char *start_ptr = orig.c_str ();
- const char *ptr = orig.c_str ();
+ char const *start_ptr = orig.c_str ();
+ char const *ptr = orig.c_str ();
size_t len = orig.length ();
string out;
while (ptr < start_ptr + len)
{
- char *dollar = strchr (ptr, '$');
+ char const *dollar = strchr (ptr, '$');
if (dollar != NULL)
{
- char *start_var = dollar + 1;
- char *end_var = start_var;
- char *start_next = end_var;
+ char const *start_var = dollar + 1;
+ char const *end_var = start_var;
+ char const *start_next = end_var;
out += string (ptr, dollar - ptr);
ptr = dollar;
if (start_var < end_var)
{
string var_name (start_var, end_var - start_var);
- const char *value = getenv (var_name.c_str ());
+ char const *value = getenv (var_name.c_str ());
if (value != NULL)
out += string (value);
Interval staff_refpoints;
extract_grob_set (this, "spaceable-staves", staves);
for (vsize i = 0; i < staves.size (); i++)
- staff_refpoints.add_point (staves[i]->relative_coordinate (this, Y_AXIS));
+ if (staves[i]->is_live ())
+ staff_refpoints.add_point (staves[i]->relative_coordinate (this, Y_AXIS));
pl->set_property ("staff-refpoint-extent", ly_interval2scm (staff_refpoints));
pl->set_property ("system-grob", this->self_scm ());
#!/usr/bin/env perl
# -*- coding: utf-8; -*-
-### texi2html customization script for Lilypond
+### texi2html customization script for LilyPond
### Author: Reinhold Kainhofer <reinhold@kainhofer.com>, 2008.
### Some code parts copied from texi2html and adapted. These functions
### were written mainly by Patrice Dumas
# Examples should be formatted similar to quotes:
$Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{'example'} = {
- 'begin' => q{"<blockquote><pre class=\"example\">"},
- 'end' => q{"</pre></blockquote>\n"},
+ 'begin' => q{"<blockquote>"},
+ 'end' => q{"</blockquote>\n"},
'style' => 'code',
};
%{
- Bagpipe music settings for Lilypond.
+ Bagpipe music settings for LilyPond.
This file builds on work by Andrew McNabb (http://www.mcnabbs.org/andrew/)
Substantial changes and additions made by
#(define-music-function
(parser location name) (string?)
(_i "Switch instrument to @var{name}, which must be predefined with
-@var{\addInstrumentDefinition}.")
+@code{\\addInstrumentDefinition}.")
(let*
((handle (assoc name instrument-definitions))
(instrument-def (if handle (cdr handle) '()))
%
% Add ninth chords to to predefined fret diagrams for standard guitar tunings
%
-% This is part of the Lilypond distribution files
+% This is part of the LilyPond distribution files
%
% Copyright 2008--2009 by Jonathan Kulp
%
grestore
} bind def
-/print_glyphs % dx dy glyph print_glyphs
+/print_glyphs % w dx dy glyph print_glyphs
{
{
- currentpoint %dx dy glyph x0 y0
- 3 2 roll %dx dy x0 y0 glyph
- glyphshow % dx dy x0 y0
- moveto % dx dy
- rmoveto
+ currentpoint %w dx dy glyph x0 y0
+ 5 2 roll %w x0 y0 dx dy glyph
+ 3 1 roll %w x0 y0 glyph dx dy
+ rmoveto %w x0 y0 glyph
+ glyphshow %w x0 y0
+ moveto %w
+ 0 rmoveto
}repeat
}bind def
%end music-drawing-routines.ps
LANGUAGES_TEMPLATE = '''
<p id="languages">
%(language_available)s
- <br/>
+ <br>
%(browser_language)s
</p>
'''
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write (_ ('''
Auto beam settings must now specify each interesting moment in a measure
-explicitely; 1/4 is no longer multiplied to cover moments 1/2 and 3/4 too.
+explicitly; 1/4 is no longer multiplied to cover moments 1/2 and 3/4 too.
'''))
stderr_write (UPDATE_MANUALLY)
stderr_write ('\n')
# TODO: maybe set line-width instead of right-margin?
self.print_length_field (printer, "right-margin", self.right_margin)
# TODO: What's the corresponding setting for system_left_margin and
- # system_right_margin in Lilypond?
+ # system_right_margin in LilyPond?
self.print_length_field (printer, "between-system-space", self.system_distance)
self.print_length_field (printer, "page-top-space", self.top_system_distance)
center of the bar line.")
(break-align-anchor-alignment ,number? "Read by
@code{ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor} for
-aligning an anchor to a grob's extent")
+aligning an anchor to a grob's extent.")
(break-align-symbol ,symbol? "This key is used for aligning and
spacing breakable items.")
(break-align-symbols ,list? "A list of symbols that determine
which break-aligned grobs to align this to. If the grob selected by
the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we
-will align to the next grob (and so on).")
+will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are @code{left-edge},
+@code{ambitus}, @code{breathing-sign}, @code{clef}, @code{staff-bar},
+@code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature}, @code{time-signature},
+and @code{custos}.")
(break-align-orders ,vector? "Defines the order in which
prefatory matter (clefs, key signatures) appears. The format is a
vector of length@tie{}3, where each element is one order for
units.")
(height-limit ,ly:dimension? "Maximum slur height: The longer the
slur, the closer it is to this height.")
+ (hide-tied-accidental-after-break ,boolean? "If set, an accidental
+that appears on a tied note after a line break will not be displayed.")
(horizontal-shift ,integer? "An integer that identifies ranking
of @code{NoteColumn}s for horizontal shifting. This is used by
@rinternals{note-collision-interface}.")
;;
;; l
;;
- (labels ,list? "List of labels (symbols) placed on a column")
+ (labels ,list? "List of labels (symbols) placed on a column.")
(layer ,integer? "The output layer (a value between 0
and@tie{}2): Layers define the order of printing objects. Objects in
lower layers are overprinted by objects in higher layers.")
(stencils ,list? "Multiple stencils, used as intermediate
value.")
(strict-grace-spacing ,boolean? "If set, main notes are spaced
-normally, then grace notes are put left of the musical columns fot the
+normally, then grace notes are put left of the musical columns for the
main notes.")
(strict-note-spacing ,boolean? "If set, unbroken columns with
non-musical material (clefs, bar lines, etc.) are not spaced
(BendAfter
. (
(stencil . ,bend::print)
+ (minimum-length . 0.5)
(thickness . 2.0)
(meta . ((class . Spanner)
(interfaces . (spanner-interface
staff-bar
key-cancellation
key-signature
- staff
- time-signature custos)
+ time-signature
+ custos)
;; begin of line
(
;; todo: add X self alignment?
(baseline-skip . 2)
(side-axis . ,Y)
- (avoid-slur . outside )
+ (avoid-slur . outside)
(font-series . bold)
(meta . ((class . Item)
(interfaces . (text-script-interface
simultaneous music, or the alternatives of repeated music.")
(elements-callback ,procedure? "Return a list of children, for use by
a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.")
- (expected-beam-count ,integer? "Expected number of non-tremolo beams
-in a tremolo repeat.")
(figure ,integer? "A bass figure.")
(force-accidental ,boolean? "If set, a cautionary accidental should
of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer
in @file{scm/@/define-music-types.scm}.")
(string-number ,integer? "The number of the string in
-a @code{StringNumberEvent.}")
+a @code{StringNumberEvent}.")
(symbol ,symbol? "Grob name to perform an override or revert on.")
(tags ,list? "List of symbols that for denoting extra details, e.g.,
))
(TextSpanEvent
- . ((description . "Start a text spanner, e.g., 8va.....|")
+ . ((description . "Start a text spanner, for example, an
+octavation.")
(types . (general-music span-event event text-span-event))
))
(TimeScaledMusic
. ((description . "Multiply durations, as in tuplets.
-Syntax: @code{\\times @var{fraction} @var{music}}, e.g.
+Syntax: @code{\\times @var{fraction} @var{music}}, e.g.,
@code{\\times 2/3 @{ @dots{} @}} for triplets.")
(length-callback . ,ly:music-wrapper::length-callback)
(start-callback . ,ly:music-wrapper::start-callback)
))
(TremoloSpanEvent
- . ((description . "Tremolo over two stems")
+ . ((description . "Tremolo over two stems.")
(types . (general-music event span-event tremolo-span-event))
))
(TrillSpanEvent
- . ((description . "Start a trill spanner tr~~~")
+ . ((description . "Start a trill spanner.")
(types . (general-music span-event event trill-span-event))
))
(define-public (make-repeat name times main alts)
"create a repeat music expression, with all properties initialized properly"
+ (define (first-note-duration music)
+ "Finds the duration of the first NoteEvent by searching depth-first
+through MUSIC."
+ (if (memq 'note-event (ly:music-property music 'types))
+ (ly:music-property music 'duration)
+ (let loop ((elts (if (ly:music? (ly:music-property music 'element))
+ (list (ly:music-property music 'element))
+ (ly:music-property music 'elements))))
+ (and (pair? elts)
+ (let ((dur (first-note-duration (car elts))))
+ (if (ly:duration? dur)
+ dur
+ (loop (cdr elts))))))))
+
(let ((talts (if (< times (length alts))
(begin
(ly:warning (_ "More alternatives than repeats. Junking excess alternatives"))
(if (equal? name "tremolo")
(let* ((dots (1- (logcount times)))
(mult (/ (* times (ash 1 dots)) (1- (ash 2 dots))))
- (shift (- (ly:intlog2 (floor mult)))))
+ (shift (- (ly:intlog2 (floor mult))))
+ (note-duration (first-note-duration r))
+ (duration-log (if (ly:duration? note-duration)
+ (ly:duration-log note-duration)
+ 1))
+ (tremolo-type (ash 1 duration-log)))
+ (set! (ly:music-property r 'tremolo-type) tremolo-type)
(if (not (integer? mult))
(ly:warning (_ "invalid tremolo repeat count: ~a") times))
(if (memq 'sequential-music (ly:music-property main 'types))
left-span X)
X))
(common-y (ly:grob-common-refpoint spanner left-span Y))
+ (minimum-length (ly:grob-property spanner 'minimum-length 0.5))
+
(left-x (+ padding
(max (interval-end (ly:grob-robust-relative-extent
left-span common X))
(interval-end (ly:grob-robust-relative-extent dots common X))
-10000) ;; TODO: use real infinity constant.
)))
- (right-x (- (interval-start
- (ly:grob-robust-relative-extent right-span common X))
- padding))
+ (right-x (max (- (interval-start (ly:grob-robust-relative-extent right-span common X))
+ padding)
+ (+ left-x minimum-length)))
(self-x (ly:grob-relative-coordinate spanner common X))
(dx (- right-x left-x))
(exp (list 'path thickness
(define (glyph-spec w x y g)
(let ((prefix (if (string? g) "/" "")))
- (ly:format "~4f ~4f ~a~a"
- (+ w x) y
+ (ly:format "~4f ~4f ~4f ~a~a"
+ w x y
prefix g)))
(ly:format
("accentus" .
((script-stencil . (feta . ("uaccentus" . "uaccentus")))
(side-relative-direction . -1)
- (avoid-slur . #f)
+ (avoid-slur . ignore)
(padding . 0.20)
(quantize-position . #t)
(script-priority . -100)
((script-stencil . (feta . ("ictus" . "ictus")))
(side-relative-direction . -1)
(quantize-position . #t)
- (avoid-slur . #f)
+ (avoid-slur . ignore)
(padding . 0.20)
(script-priority . -100)
(direction . -1)))
((script-stencil . (feta . ("dsemicirculus" . "dsemicirculus")))
(side-relative-direction . -1)
(quantize-position . #t)
- (avoid-slur . #f)
+ (avoid-slur . ignore)
(padding . 0.20)
(script-priority . -100)
(direction . 1)))
("circulus" .
((script-stencil . (feta . ("circulus" . "circulus")))
(side-relative-direction . -1)
- (avoid-slur . #f)
+ (avoid-slur . ignore)
(padding . 0.20)
(quantize-position . #t)
(script-priority . -100)
((script-stencil . (feta . ("lcomma" . "rcomma")))
(quantize-position . #t)
(padding . 0.20)
- (avoid-slur . #f)
+ (avoid-slur . ignore)
(direction . 1)))
("varcomma" .
((script-stencil . (feta . ("lvarcomma" . "rvarcomma")))
(quantize-position . #t)
(padding . 0.20)
- (avoid-slur . #f)
+ (avoid-slur . ignore)
(direction . 1)))
("upbow" .
((script-stencil . (feta . ("upbow" . "upbow")))
# TODO: How should I best convert the font-family attribute?
# TODO: How can I represent the underline, overline and line-through
- # attributes in Lilypond? Values of these attributes indicate
+ # attributes in LilyPond? Values of these attributes indicate
# the number of lines
return event
ev.bass = musicxml_chordpitch_to_lily (bass)
inversion = n.get_maybe_exist_named_child ('inversion')
if inversion:
- # TODO: Lilypond does not support inversions, does it?
+ # TODO: LilyPond does not support inversions, does it?
# Mail from Carl Sorensen on lilypond-devel, June 11, 2008:
# 4. LilyPond supports the first inversion in the form of added
projects / lilypond.git / commitdiff